Home

Sierra M6-1 User Manual

1. Frame Type Error Wrong frame type Frame Length Error Reported frame length is different than actual frame length Frame Direction Error Wrong frame direction For example Register Device to Host coming from the Host CRC Error CRC error detected ACK NAK Timeout SAS only ACK or NAK primitive missing or encountered unexpectedly Delimiter Error Detects two SOF primitives without an EOF between them Also detects two EOF primitives without an SOF between them Radio Buttons All SSP SMP and STP By selecting one of these radio boxes you can specify that you want to trigger or filter on a specific protocol error on a specified frame type If you check CRC error and select the SSP radio button if a CRC error occurs on a SMP frame the analyzer does not trigger on it Hashed Destination SAS Address SSP trigger only Specify the destination address for the analyzer to locate specific protocol errors Hashed Source SAS Address SSP trigger only Specify the source address for the analyzer to locate specific protocol errors STP Frame SATA only Double click STP Frame to open the FIS Patterns dialog see Figure 2 19 on page 54 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 53 Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Errors STP Frame Type Format FIS Type Re
2. Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree i l F Exclude SATA_CONT B a SASProtocolAnalyzer1 Everything Capture Exclude SATA_SYNC EOT Include o ian E Exclude OOB Signals E Exclude XXXX Eoi de El Exclude Payload except 0 fQ Include CONT Parameters beg Include OOB Signals ig Include Payload of Data Frame Pattem fA Trigger Non Sequential STP Frame j A Settings e Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB 2 Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed 11 T1 12 T2 13 T3 14 T SMP Frame Descrambling Enabled SSP Frame TORTS ioe Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Data Pattem 89 Connection Details All Ports Protocol Errors Figure 2 13 SAS Choosing Capture Patterns SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SAS The SAS Parameters window displays the following pattern capture categories a STP Frame Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Data Pattern a Protocol Errors OOO O SATA The SATA Parameters window displays the following pattern capture categories a FIS FIS Pattern Data Pattern Protocol Errors ODO O 2 11 1 Choose a Parameter To choose a parameter for capture from any of these categories highlight the category in the parameter window and click the Add gt gt button
3. dialog SCSI Command Pattern a x Type Format Any SCSI Command MMC 6 SBC 3 C SMC 3 C SPC 4 C SSC 2 C Binary C 05D 2 ADC 3 Cancel Hexadecimal Command Type Any Command A CDB Type Any CDB Type y Tag 5 Destination Address SOOO OOO Source Address POON LUN OR Y ITA TAE Efi e E e Bes IEE Check All Uncheck 4 l Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 54 SAS SCSI Command Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Choose a CDB from the drop down list and click OK 80 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup Teledyne LeCroy FIS Frame Information Structure SATA only Double click FIS to open the FIS Type selection dialog Format C Binay Hexadecimal Cancel Register Device to Host 0x34 FP Show set Device Bits sA DMA Activate 0 39 On 058 OxBF Ow4b M H4 D W HI W Di TH o p2 L H3 p3 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 55 SATA FIS Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Choose a FIS type on which to trigger and click OK Repeat for additional types Available FIS Types O Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bit DMA Activate Any Type DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data Any Type O ODOOCOODOO OO Note You cannot trigger on a Ve
4. 118 Note You can double click a data frame to display the data payload view The Status column can show ABRT and UNC status Export As Text Excel Select File gt Export gt Export to Text Excel to open the Save As Text dialog For Save As Type select Text Files or Excel Files Select options from With comma delimiter Export Duration and Save in a Single CSV File For Save As Range select All Packets or enter a cursor range Enter a File Name and click Save Note When SpreadSheet View is exported to text the XFER Length field is always in hexadecimal format Note The Export As Excel option is available only for Column View and Spreadsheet View Change Format of Logical Block Address LBA 3 3 6 You can set different LBA formats in Packet View and Spreadsheet View To change the LBA format right click the LBA column to display the popup menu select Format and change the format to Decimal Hexadecimal or Binary In Spreadsheet View you can also click the Trace Viewer Configuration icon to display the Trace Viewer Configuration dialog Expand the Frame List Spread Sheet View select LBA Sector and change the Format If you cannot change the format there select the Link Fields Transport Fields ATA Cmd Fields or SCSI Cmd Fields node select the field such as LBA High and then change the Format Column View Column View displays the captured data grouped in columns by port Each
5. XtoY Ons XtoT Ons Y to T Ons For Help press F1 TVo Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation E Stop Figure 3 96 CATC Navigation View Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 179 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar 3 6 2 Spec View Spec View shows packet header information To obtain the Spec View from the CATC View left click to display a popup menu then select the View Fields option To obtain the Spec View from the Catalyst View right click to display a popup menu then select the View Fields option Yiew Fields for Link 1 Ds Hexadecimal Binary Address Frame Type Device Type Reserved 000 0x0 0x1 O Reason Reserved 0x0 0x0 a Restrict SMP Ini STF Ini SSP Init Reserved 1 0x0 ae Restrict SMPT 5TPTa 55P Ta Reserved 003 0 0 0 0 O0 Device Name 1 000000000 0x04 005 00E 0 07 Device Name 2 000000000 0x08 0 09 0x0 545 Address 1 Save As gg Previous Next gt gt _ ox Figure 3 97 Spec View The tabs allows you to display Hexadecimal or Binary The buttons allow you to go to Previous or Next You can Save As a text file 3 6 3 Decode Icons The Decode Toolbar controls encoding and scrambling features To view corresponding Unscrambled and Scrambled payload data values instantaneously position the mouse pointer over a data field see Figure 3 98 on page 181 180 Sierr
6. a H RDPROTECT H FUA_NV H a Command Color Setting Based on Command Layer 9 Based on Specific Command Type Status o SendKey 4 Send OPC Information 4 Set CD Speed 4 Set Read Ahead ip Set Streaming gt Start Stop Unit a F Stop Play Scan ad DMAEXt 25000004000B09F803000040 0000000E09 Synchronize Cache 0 Test Unit Ready FUA_NV H FUA H DPO H RDPROTECT H Logical Block Address H 0 0 0 0 02129EDD E Command Colors Task Attribute Tag H Status LUN H Background LM gt gt El 0x0 Simple 60 0x00 Good 0000000000000000 Command FUA_NV H FUA H DPO H RDPROTECT H Logical Block Address H E uan Task Attribute Tag H Status LUN H 0x0 Simple 0148 0x00 Good 0000000000000000 am a Geeta 2 Inthe Preferences window select the Packet View tab select the Based on Specific Command Type option In the commands list search for any command that you want and change the background and foreground colors Packet View Metrics The Metrics feature provides quick access to additional information about the packet data Click the Metrics icon as shown in Figure 3 8 to display the details la jx are E SCSI Cmd Source Address H a 36 1 420911 543 720 min de SOQUEL 42F BSD004 Destination Address H Operation Code EVPD H CMCC
7. Figure 3 132 Device Setup Dialog with BAD Device Status Devices whose version is correct have an OK status A device whose version is incorrect has a BAD status Note You can click the ellipses at the end of a file path and name to display an Open dialog in which you can browse for files 2 Click the checkbox to the left of a device with BAD status then click Update Selected to begin the process that will make the Analyzer version correct Device Setup he i Dew Name Type Cur Req Status File Name Update Selected Sierra Firmware 1 06 1 06 GE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Analzers 13 10 13 10 POE C Program Files LeCroy s Update All Sierra Emulators 23 10 23 10 POE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Analyzer 33 10 3310 POE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Self Test 4312 43 12 MBE C Program Files LeCroys E Infusion PGE C Program Files LeCroy s he Trainer i ose A Figure 3 133 Device Setup Dialog Beginning to Update Status of a Device After the update the device must restart SS 1 Sierra device 511 61475 updated successfully Please wait until device SW 61475 restarts Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 209 Teledyne LeCroy User Defined Decoding 3 19 210 Figure 3 134 Info Dialog Then the update is complete Device Setup Dev Name Type Cur Reg Status File Name Update Selected M Siera Firm
8. 2 Creating a single event and action replaces a primitive 3 Creating a combined event a logical OR association of multiple events and an action 4 Creating multiple triggers and actions 5 Creating multiple actions on a single event 6 Using timers 4 8 1 Examples Example 1 Creating a Single Event and Action that Removes a Primitive In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for each RRDY Normal primitive from the initiator and removes it 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries 2 Inthe Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change see Figure 4 11 on page 239 3 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event d Remove RRDY Normal l gt x Scenario is valid Status Mok saved Scenario Name Pemove BRDY Normal Description Wait for BREDY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Fules Click here to A event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press F1 Figure 4 18 Example 1 Adding an Event The Event Properties dialog box appears see Figure 4 13 on page 241 4 Inthe Type column of the Event Properties dialog choose Primitive gt SAS Primitive 5 Inthe Type column in the middle of the dialog box click Description if you want to add a description of the event 6 Click Direction to choose the directi
9. Frame770 770 Start Start CLOSE NORMAL Sequence a 1 34 801 048 613 min Secor 93 ns K28 5D2 0 D30 0 D27 4 E Frame 771 Start Start CLOSE NORMAL Sequence 1 Ecce 1 34 801 048 706 min 72 506 us K28 5 D2 0 D30 0 D27 4 Frame772 End Start Start Start Start End End End we ESA Destination SAS Address H Initiator Connection Tag H 1 ee 801 121 213 min 186 ns 320 ns 333 ns 200 ns SMP 5000E0C42FB5D004 5000E0CA71865000 9 FFFF as Arbitration Wait Time H ae ae EZE Frame77a S SEES APNORMAL OA 121 533 min 26 ns CEN D27 4 D27 4 D27 4 EEEE AP WAITING ON DEVICE 1 34 801 121 560 min 266 ns K28 5 D27 4 D30 0 D29 7 EE OPENACCEPT 1 34 801 121 826 min 200 ns K28 5D16 7 D16 7 D16 7 if Trans 3 A Start Start 1 34 801 122 026 min 38 693 us E Trans 4 ie Start Start 1 34 801 160 720 min 186 ns eport general Smp fur r a Start Start CLOSE NORMAL Sequence 1 34 801 160 906 min 93 ns K28 5 D2 0 D30 0 D27 4 r a Start Start CLOSE NORMAL os 1 34 801 161 000 min 85 213 us K28 5 D2 0 D30 0 27 4 D2 0 D30 0 D27 4 Frame 780 gt Start Start f __ Destination SAS Address H Initiator Connection Tag H Arbitration Wait Time H A k OA f Gaos 2462737 TGI 2200 EA AAA e o Y REA El Frame 781 3 AIP NORMAL 4 gt SMP Request Request Length H SMP Response Result
10. Report Options Some report categories offer options to display only specific items These report categories incorporate drop down list boxes offering pre defined and custom options For details see Formatting the Statistical Report View on page 140 General Report To display the General Report click the General tab The General Report displays the report data in columns with the following information QO Type All Custom Bus Condition FIS Identify Address Frame Open Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame STP Frame a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom a Duration All Custom or time unit a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count Goh Ga SA S t gt Mo General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read write Command Performance Others Type Direction Duration Count Lo al gt all gt All y Al gt FIS H gt D 9 191 89358 ms 1746 29 70 FE D gt H 122 484 352 11 ms 4054 68 99 Bus Condition H gt D 62 213 333 13 us 32 0 54 Bus Condition D gt H 93 506 668 09 us 52 0 58 0 13183196 5886 100 00 Figure 3 24 General Statistical Report Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 125 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Primitive Report To display the Primitive Report click the Primitive tab The Primitive Report displays information in the following columns see Figure 3 25 on page 126 a Primitive All Custom Unknown For SATA CONT
11. Cave IH C Program Files LeCroysleCroay SATA Protocol SuitesUsersErrors detail sl El i Append error details ale Number OF Run Each Test f FT Run All Tests Sequentially Start Expansion Check Close Figure 3 146 Self Test Dialog Expansion Tab Choose the Expansion Card Data Status or Clock Status to test and click the Start Expansion Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 219 Teledyne LeCroy Setup Menu 3 21 8 LED Buzzer Check To perform a LED or Buzzer check select the LED Buzzer tab pp MA x Clock Memory Serdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer The LED board shows Following patterns 1 ON All LEDs are ON 2 OFF All LEDs are OFF 3 Walking GFF All LEDS are ON and only one LED is turned OFF and start moving 4 Walking Oh All LEDs are OFF and only one LED is turned ON and start Moving m Buzzer Test ou should hear the buzzer sound stop Test Save error details Cave IH C Program Files LeCronLeCrop SATA Protocol Sulte User Error detail elf ES e Append eror details Idle Number OF Run Each Test f FT Aun All Tests Sequentially Start LED Buzzer Check Close Figure 3 147 Self Test Dialog LED Buzzer Tab Check LED Test or Buzzer Test and click the Start LED Buzzer Check button For the LED you should see the LED pattern For the
12. Search Previous F4 Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark Begin Source Zone Group CH Pathway Blo End Figure 1 21 Navigation Menu Option a a E a 1 11 6 View Goto Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet No Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Search Search Next Search Previous The View menu options allows the user to zoom in and out enable disable filtering and toolbars among other actions It has the following options see Figure 1 22 on page 28 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 27 Teledyne LeCroy Menu Options and Toolbars 28 i He Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help rae y Tiare Y Jame g Zoom In Zoom Qut z0 y B nuan q Actual Size a Full Screen Tie views 2 660 942 666 3 p Enable Fern Source Zone Group H Fitering IDL Fiter Ides rag Link Layer i Transport Layer i Application Layer 0 PackUnpack Repeated Primitives El trap Packets Toolbar 7 2660 943 533 3 2 660 945560 3 Figure 1 22 View Menu Option DOOODOUOUOUUOUUE DOOCDLD Zoom In refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 153 Zoom Out refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 153 Actual Size refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 153 Tile Views refer to Navigation View Toolbar on page 153 Enable Filtering refer to Filter Setup on page 159 Filtering refer to Filter Setup
13. a BEER o m im Compare 2 Data Payloads SAS Verification sE Figure 3 5 SAS SATA Analysis Menu 3 3 2 Decoding Assignments Click on the Decoding Assignments icon o to display the Decoding Assignment dialog Check a Hash Destination SAS Address checkbox to select it and select a SCSI Spec s Click the Add to Assigned List button to decode Select a spec and click Remove it or click on Remove All to remove all the specs Decoding Assignments Hash Destination 545 Address e O 0 80F4 6 4 070 959E67 I OxEF81 FC Add to Assigned List Assigned SCSI Specs of Dx959E67 SBC3 5PC4 METE OxFFFF54 SBC3 5PC4 OxE FE FC SBC3 SPC4 0s80F 4 4 4 SBC3 5PC4 Remove All Cancel Figure 3 6 Decoding Assignments Dialog for SAS Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 113 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis 3 3 3 114 ATAPI Assignment E x ATARI Assignment f MMC 4 O S SC 2 Pleaze select desired Spec to interprete ATAPI packet Cancel Figure 3 7 ATAPI Assignment Dialog for SATA Packet View After you select a view it appears in a separate window To increase the new window display size select View gt Packet View or click the Show Hide Packet View button to hide the Packet View When scrolling through a window display using the scroll bar the displays in the other windows also scroll To rearrange the tiling select the Window menu and choose Cascade Tile Ver
14. Parameter SMP Frame Type A Any SMP Frame Type Function Any Function ha ali Je Je De Moi T m ea t Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link i Figure 2 52 SAS SMP Frame Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Choose a SMP Frame Type from the dropdown list on which to trigger Then choose a Function from the drop down list and click OK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup SSP Frame SAS only Teledyne LeCroy Double click SSP Frame in the Pattern window to open the SSP Frame Type dialog 55P Frame Type SoP Frame Type Any Type y Any Type FT Show Reserved a FER RADY Command Para Response SSP Frame Type Destination 545 Address Gi Oe oi Source 545 Address A Changing Data Pointer E ReTransmit Retry Data Frames 2 TLA CONTROL Number of Fill Bytes E Tag PDA Target Port Transfer Tag PRA Data Offset Pd Format Mi OR My f Hexadecimal Cancel ua gre Er Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 53 SAS SMP Frame Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Choose a SSP Frame Type from the drop down list and click OK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 79 Teledyne LeCroy Trigger Setup SCSI Command SAS only Double click SCSI Command in the Pattern window to open the SCSI Command Pattern
15. Parameter Command X Any Command PM Port x MHI MH MH M H4 MDI D2 D3 M D4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 46 SATA ATA Command Dialog Choose a Command from the drop down list and click OK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Double click ATA Command in the Pattern window to open the ATA Command Pattern dialog A powerful triggering choice is Any Command which causes the analyzer to trigger on any ATA command 71 Teledyne LeCroy Trigger Setup Note The command code and feature set are not the only parameters that describe an ATA command For parameters such as LBA and sector count use the ATA Command Pattern dialog ATAPI Double click ATAPI in the Pattern window to open the ATAPI Pattern dialog a Format OK Any ATAPI Command MMC 6 SPC 4 SSC 2 Binary Hexadecimal Cancel Command Type Any Command x i CDB Type 6 Byte Command Show Reserved 10 yte Command 12 Byte Command Operation Code PM Part mi me ie E aa heres lahk EE Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link i Figure 2 47 SAS ATAPI Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different dropdown options Choose a CDB from the drop down list and click OK 72 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger S
16. The Analyzer supports capture triggering and filtering of Serial Attached SCSI packets or Serial ATA packets The Analyzer provides for bi directional trigger and capture of commands primitives patterns and all bus conditions The analyzer allows you to select frames to include and exclude for capture Capturing can be triggered based on a specific event or manually The Analyzer has a USB port and a GbE Gigabit Ethernet port to connect to a host machine which serves as the host for analysis or error injection software The versatile GbE port can be used for either local or remote network connectivity Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 9 Teledyne LeCroy Features Sierra M6 1 Analyzers can be linked together in cascaded configurations to provide additional recording channel capacity or used in tandem to combine simultaneous error injection and trace capture analysis capabilities requires two Sierra M6 1 units one protocol analyzer model and one error injector model Separate licences are required for the protocol analyzer and the error injector The Sierra M6 1 Analyzer provides a full range of views and statistical reports Statistical reports provide event and error counters as well as performance metrics that give users a snapshot into capture The InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool that allows you to verify real world fault handling The Sierra
17. TxRx Vout Preemphasis Teledyne LeCroy and characterization purposes This feature is also useful to compensate for line loss when driving long cables To select TX Vout select Setup gt Tx Vout Preemphasis to display the Rx Tx Settings dialog Rx Tx Settings Exe Input signal equalization Output pre emphasis G estore Factory 5 ettings Short time constant 2 GHz 2db i Output Pre Long 5 ave Medium time constant 800 MHz OFF Y Preemphasis level OFF z Long time constant 300 MHz 48 Pre emphasis decay 500 ps kd l d Auto Calibration Output Pre Short pinta Output power level 800 mv Pre emphasis level Loss of signal 10 Pre emphasis decay 200 ps Port Status Copy Selected Port Settings to All Ports Number of errors per second Start Reading Ports Status Close Figure 3 123 Choose Port for TX Vout Port displays ports to select from Copy Selected Port Settings to All Ports implements one port s setting into all other port settings Input signal equalization allows you to select values for Short time constant Medium time constant Long time constant Output power level and Loss of signal from the drop down menu Output pre emphasis Output Pre Long allows you to select values for Pre emphasis level Pre emphasis decay from the drop down menu Output Pre Short allows you to select values for Pre emphasis
18. Wait for Aliqnz Wait for ALIGN 2 then Branch to Wait for ALIGN 10 OR ALIGN 11 For Help press Fl from Wait From Initiator Initiator for Alignl another event gt from Wait from from from Initiatori for Alignz Initiatori Initiatori Initiator Error Detected another event gt from Wait from from Initiator for Align3 Initiator Initiator Click here to add combined event gt Click here to add combined event gt Click here to add combined event gt Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event gt t x File Library c 1 X Lal de Scen Sequercers GH d Align Test Sequencer exa lt Click here to add another action lt Llick here to add another action lt lt Click here to add another action File Libr LAP NUM SCRL File Libr Figure 4 39 Example 8 Top Half of Scenario Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Align Test 5 Wait for Aliqnz Wait for then Wait for OF OF then ALIGN 2 Branch to ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 ALIGN 3 Branch toa Click here to add Wait for Aligqns Wait for then Wait for OF OF then ALIGN 3 Branch to ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 ALIGN 2 Branch toa Click here to add Error Detected Wait for Any Dword then Beep 500 and Branch toa Click here to add
19. ha Refresh Device list Close Figure 1 14 Connection Properties Dialog Specify one of the actions from the following Automatically connect to the device O Ask if want to connect to the device a Take no action If Automatically connect to the device is selected the next time the application opens the device will be automatically connected In the Select Device dialog chained or cascaded units are displayed in the Device column with a square bracket icon The sequence of the units is displayed in the Order column See the following figure Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Connecting via Ethernet Teledyne LeCroy Select Device x E Device ii E Dev Name Location fe Stawu E Order Ar Set Alias Name r Siera Mb 2 SN 61658 PSG_04 M6 2 Local Machine Ready to connect Unit 1 y a a Add Device ah IP Settings y Networks Refresh Device list Close Figure 1 15 Select Device Dialog Displaying Unit 1 and Unit 2 Chained Note When using STX Sync cards you need to manually specify the order of the chained units To match your unit sequence to the address for each unit in the Select Device dialog click the pull down tab under the Order heading on the right side and select unit numbers 1 for Unit 1 2 for Unit 2 and so on This determines the order in which the cascaded ports appear in the trace When using the CATC Sync cards the order i
20. on page 186 InFusion The Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool for traffic passing through the Jammer It allows you to verify real world fault handling for Serial Attached SCSI SAS and Serial ATA SATA systems Click on the Jammer icon WF Jammer to invoke the Teledyne LeCroy SAS or SATA InFusion see InFusion Overview on page 225 You can toggle between the InFusion and Analyzer panes by using the Alt Tab keys the Windows Task Bar or by pressing the respective toolbar button in each pane Analyzer and InFusion Sierra M6 1 Analyzers can be used in tandem to combine simultaneous error injection and trace capture analysis capabilities see Figure 1 24 on page 31 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Menu Options and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy Sierra M6 1 Sierra M6 1 InFusion Analyzer Sierra me 1 TY Eso Sierra me 1 SAS SATA BGbps O O O O O e SAS SATA BGbps Peer si E R L Ge Qa e Sus Host Device Host Device tator Cad Device or Host Figure 1 24 Analyzer and Infusion Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 31 Teledyne LeCroy Menu Options and Toolbars 32 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Analysis 2 1 2 2 A default analyzer project is created automatically when the application starts An analyzer project contains all the settings for capturing t
21. oo 0070 oo 0080 oo 0020 00 0040 oo 0080 oo c oo Q0rO 00 O0E0O oo Q0FO oo 0100 oo 0110 oo 0120 oo 0130 oo 0140 Hexadecimal 50 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO OO OO 00 00 00 no 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 40 OO OO OO 00 00 bo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO OO 00 no 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 40 OO OO 00 00 d 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 OO OO 004 00 00 no 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 OO 00 00 00 no 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 OO 00 00 00 bo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 40 0 00 00 00 d 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 OO 00 OO 00 00 00 0 OO OO 00 00 00 bo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 OO OO 00 00 00 no 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Copy Data Export data in file Figure 3 66 Data Payload View fina Hex ASCI columnsin Row 16 Columns se Bytes in Column 1 Byte e NOOOOOOOOODOO0OO0O0D Note When showing truncated data in the Data Payload View the trunca
22. q Sl ro gt Move X Cursor v goregeseesecoeeesseessoosseooessoseessoseoeg Port Partial Request Partial ACKed Partial NAKed Slumber Request Slumber 4CKed Slumber N Ked Partial Time Slumber Time Partial Time f Total Time Slumber Time Total Time H1 1 1 0 0 0 0 n a 0 03 n a 1 1 0 0 0 0 Figure 3 45 SATA PM Performance Report Read Write Command Report SATA To display the Read Write Command Report see Figure 3 46 on page 137 click the Read Write Command tab You can enable or disable creation of this page under Preferences see Preferences on page 198 The Read Write Command Report displays information in the following columns see Figure 3 46 on page 137 a Time Stamp OpCode Command LBA Sector Count Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Good Completion Time Count All Custom or a number OCDODODDO O 136 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Time Stamp OpCode Command LBA Sector Count All All All All 7 086 733 ms Read DMA Ext 0x3e91089 0x4 36 192 829 ms Read DMA Ext 0x2061be0 0x4 79 374 199 ms Read DMA Ext 0x20c03dd 0x4 87 538 506 ms Read DMA Ext 0x32218f2 0x4 103 870 239 ms Read DMA Ext Ox3a43e32 0x4 122 003 601 ms Read DMA Ext 0x30f9949 0x4 138 406 189 ms Write DMA Ext 0x1d8901f 0x4 145 384 949 ms Write DMA Ext 0x98739b 0x4 Figure 3 46 SATA Read Write Command Report SaR Ott General Primitive Bus
23. then Branch to Error Detected lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Wait for Aliqnl Wait for ALIGN l from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Wait for Alignz2 Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN 2 from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator Click here to add combined Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN 1 Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt E Wait for Aliqnz File Libr File Libr For Help press F1 COP WOM SCRL Figure 4 41 Example 9 Top Half of Scenario Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 273 Teledyne LeCroy Downloading Scenarios 274 4 10 4d Fix Aligns Test t x File Library c 4 Xx Scenario is valid 7 al LE n 3 Scenarios 7 PAE E A 4 Sequercers GH Sl Wait for ALIGN 2 from Initiatori d Align Test then Branch to Wait for Alim3 Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN 1 from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator then Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN i Wait for Aligns Wait for ALIGN 3 from Initiatori then Branch to Wait for Aliqnd Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN 1 from Initiator OR ALIGN 2 from Initiator then Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN 13 Error Detected Wait for Any Dword from
24. 00 3 000 me 000 ps 000 ne Cancel Figure 3 74 Go to Time Stamp Bookmarks Bookmarks are a convenient way to mark a point in the data viewer display by name so that you can rapidly return to that point To create a bookmark right click the mouse in the data viewer area on a packet in which to place the bookmark see Figure 3 76 on page 156 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 155 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Trigger Position amp Position Position Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Figure 3 75 Bookmark Click Bookmark from the fly out menu to open the Bookmark Comment Dialog see Figure 3 76 on page 156 N x Bookmark Name Bookmark Description N MV Sort bookmarks by start time Start Time Pot Layer Packet No Bookmark Description Add Delete GoTo Time Difference 0 Save As os le P ae ave As Close Figure 3 76 Bookmark Dialog Enter a description for the bookmark and click the Add button Repeat for additional bookmarks You can save the bookmark as a text file or Excel CSV file Note Column View has a different bookmark mechanism than other views and you can set a bookmark on each DWORD in the view This makes Column View bookmarks unavailable in other views and vice versa Editing a Bookmark If a packet has a bookmark you can edit the bookmark by right clicking the data viewer area of
25. 3 As you did in example 1 of this chapter choose RRDY Normal as the first primitive that you want to monitor 4 Click the add combined event prompt to add a second event Replace RRDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 box Mo action specified For the event RROY NORMAL From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump to the pp Scenario Name Replace BEDY Normal or REDY Reserved 0 a Description Wait for BRDY Normal or BRDY Reserved 0 and replace with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules La Wait for RADY NORMAL from Initiator Click here to add an action q Click here to add a Sequence gt 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 23 Example 3 Entering the Second Event The Event Properties dialog box appears 5 Choose RRDY Reserved 0 as the second primitive that you want to monitor 6 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 7 In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to display the Action Properties dialog box 8 In the Type list on the left choose Substitute SAS Primitive as the action that you want when either RRDY Reserved O or RRDY Normal occurs 9 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 256 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy 10 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario d Replace RRDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 Pb x Scenario
26. 3 3 9 Waveform Display You can enable a waveform display for all active ports and perform timing measurements by positioning timing cursors within the waveform display see Figure 3 16 on page 121 Select View gt Wave Form View or click the Show Hide Waveform button on the View Type toolbar to enable the waveform display The Compact View shows the OOB Sequence with speed negotiation na Compact ajo COMINIT COMSA WH O her gt Figure 3 16 SAS Waveform View E Y Compact ajo ES COMRESET D1 jal a Figure 3 17 SATA Waveform View Making a timing Measurement x El Timing measurements are made with two timing cursors T1 and T2 Click the left mouse button in the gray bar on the top of the waveform display at a point for the T1 cursor and the right mouse button at a point for the T2 cursor The time difference between the cursors is on a line connecting the two cursors Y Compact 7 24 800 A l al COMRESET COMWAKE COMINIT COMINIT COMINIT THOTT IVE D1 af e Figure 3 18 SATA Timing Cursors Enabled Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 121 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Expanded Waveform View To see a 10x time scale expansion of the waveform uncheck the Compact View checkbox in the Waveform View window The OOB Sequence has speed negotiation Hardware version 4 or later f Compact 8 680 us la pe H1 D1 at Figure 3 19 SATA Exp
27. Based on Specific Command Type You can specify a color for each command The software applies the setting on the Command column Anchor the Selection bar You can anchor the selection bar of the Spreadsheet View Set the Anchor row as sync point Other views synchronize based on the contents of the anchor row Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 203 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences Other Repeat decoded command in frame column The spreadsheet shows the name of the command in front of all frames in the Command column Otherwise it will show the name of the command only in front of the SSP command frame Decode CDB of Commands The spreadsheet shows name of command in command column otherwise shows CDB of command in command column Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length SATA only Display sector count 3 15 5 Column View Tab Spread Sheet View Column View Packet View Show Waming In Search Primitives In Column View Figure 3 128 SAS Preferences Dialog Column View Tab Other Show Warning in Search Primitive In Column View If searching in Column View takes a long time the software asks if you want to continue search Otherwise the software continues searching with no pause 204 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Teledyne LeCroy 3 15 6Packet View Tab 3 15 7 i Preferences Spread Sheat View C Packet View Command Color Setting
28. COMWAKE Complete i COMWAKE Detected OB Signal E Primitives a Primitive Group H SA5 Primitive SATA Primitive 5 Running Disparity Error 545 Data Pattern x SMP Frame ES SMW i Final SM Properties Type Description Count Randomly Counter Value Direction FO AddressFramel ype Value 4 Bits FQ AddressFrameT ype Mask Fl DeviceType Value 3 Bits Fl DeviceType Mask F2 Reserved Value 1 Bit F2 Reserved Mask Fa REASON Value 4 Bits F3 REASON Mask F4 Reserved Value 4 Bits F4 Reserved Mask F5 Restricted Value 1 Bit F5 Restricted Mask FB SMPinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit Fe SMPinitiatorPort Mask FY STPinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit FF STPinitiatorPort Mask FA 55PinittatorPort Value 1 Bit Fe SSPinitiatorPort Mask FY Reserved Value 4 Bits FY Reserved Mask FIO Restricted Value 1 Bit FIO Restricted Mask F11 SMPtargetPort Value 1 Bit F11 SMPtargetPort Mask F12 STPhargetPort Value 1 Bit F12 S7PtargetPort Mask F13 SSPhargetPort Value 1 Bit F13 S5PhargetPort Mask Fl4 Reserved Value 4 Bits Fl4 Reserved Mask F15 DeviceName Value 64 Bits F15 DeviceN ame Mask FI6 SAS address Value 54 Bits F16 SAS address Mask Fl PhylD Value 8 Bits Fl PhylD Mask F18 BreakReplyCapable Value 1 Bit F18 BreakRepliCapable Mask F19 Requestedinside PS05 Value 1 Bit F193 Requestedinside PSD05 Mask F20 Inside lt PSDSpersistent Value 1 Bit F20 Inside PSD Spersistent Mask F21 Reserved V
29. Figure 3 71 Run Verification Scripts Menu 152 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy 3 9 a Toolbar E x E Run verification script s Start running selected script s Edit script Edit selected scripts in the editor application specified in Editor settings Rename script Allows you to rename the selected script Remove script Displays prompt for confirming removal of script New script Create a new script file using the template specified in Editor settings Show Grid Show hide a grid in the verification script list Show Description window Show hide the script description window Shortcut key F2 Show Output Show hide the script output windows Shortcut key F3 Settings Open a special Setting dialog to specify different settings for VSE Navigation View Toolbar The Navigation View toolbar allows you to navigate search filter hide RRDY all primitives and unassociated traffic zoom tile views and select ports SPIA BBY amp ETE Paje m Trigger Position E A Position nnee em Y Position Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Single Port Multiple Ports The down arrow on the Go To button allows location of cursors or specific packets Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet Number Timestamp Bookmark Begin and End v The Search button opens the search dialog see Search on page 170 T
30. Run Al Tests Sequentially Start Crosspolnt Check Close Figure 3 144 SATA Self Test Dialog Crosspoint Tab Choose the Crosspoint Interconnection Pair or External loop back to test and click the Start Crosspoint Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 217 Teledyne LeCroy Setup Menu 3 21 6 Main FPGA Check SATA only To perform an Inter FPGA Connection check select the Main FPGA tab Clock Memory Serdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LEDBuzzer Test Result RJ inter FPGA Connection test Save error details Cave It C Program Files LeCroysleCroy SATA Protocol SuteUserErrorz detail sl El i Append error details ee Number Of Run Each Test f FT Run All Tests Sequentially Start Main FPGA Check Close Figure 3 145 Self Test Dialog Main FPGA Tab Choose the Inter FPGA Connection test and click the Start Main FPGA Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line 218 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Setup Menu Teledyne LeCroy 3 21 7 Expansion Check To perform a Expansion Card Data Status or Clock Status check select the Expansion tab Clock Memory Serdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Test Result expansion Card Data Status expansion Card Clock Status Save error details
31. Search From Choose a starting point to begin or continue a search Start of the sample file Trigger Pointer X Pointer Y Pointer or Last Found Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 171 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Search Logic The default setting is Or Selected Items With this setting clicking Find Next locates all selected items in turn If you choose And Selected Items you can set a logical AND combination of items to find Both options allow setting Advanced search features Search looks for entities in a trace When you choose SCSI command AND SSP frame for instance search will return all entities in the trace that are SCSI commands AND are SSP frames Any SCSI commands that are NOT SSP frames will not in this case be returned If you choose OR search will return all entities that are SCSI commands as well as all SSP frames The AND operator is only applicable for some cases such as QO ASCSI command AND a Tag O ASCSI command AND a source destination address For example when you choose a SCSI command AND a tag Ox1 you will get all entities on a trace that are SCSI commands that have tags equal to 0x1 in that SCSI command As a general rule it is not possible to apply AND on two packet types frames commands primitives training sequences or bus conditions It only works when you apply AND on one packet type with other items such as source Destination Addresses TAG Task a
32. Type through DWORD 11 Type The drop down menu provides the choice of a custom DWORD or any of the four captured DWORDs If you select a captured DWORD the Value field beneath this selection is hidden the Value field is only used for specifying custom DWORDs Note that choice of a mask and an offset are still available when using captured DWORDs see Figure 4 16 on page 250 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 249 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions dB Event Properties p p Ela Type Properties ATA Command Frame Type Event IB H ATAPI Description Both Links Up Count Randomly Mo 2 CRE Error Counter Value Dword Matcher Direction From Initiator FIS Frame Start of Frame SOF FIS Type E Condition O l j Frame Type C word O Type Custom D word Invalid 10bit code Error word 0 Value Custom D word a Links Speed 36 Dwad 0 Mask Captured Dword 0 Links Speed 6G Dinard 0 Offset Captured Dword 1 OOE Signal lll Captured Dword 2 IS E Condition 1 Captured Dword 3 Primitives lo primitive Grou BIO BES Custom Dword n p D word 1 Value Ox 00000000 H SAS Primitive SATA Primitive Dword 1 Mask Ox00000000 Running Disparity Error Dword 1 Offset 0 545 Data Pattern E Condition 2 SATA Data Pattern Dword 2 Type Custom Dismord H SCSI Dword 2 Value ox00000000 SMP Frame Dword 2 Mask Ox00000000 SSP Frame Dword 2 Offset 0 A Timer Trigger Input Dword 0 Type Tat OK Cancel Figure 4 1
33. from Initiator Wait for Align gt from Initiator from Initiator from Initiator Error Detected another event from Initiator Wait for Align from Initiator from Initiator from Initiator Error Detected another event from Initiator m Wait for Align O another event Click here to add combined lt Click here to add another action to add combined event gt to add another action Click here to add combined event Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event gt Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event gt Click here to add another action Teledyne LeCroy box File Library c 4 X Sequencer exa Click here to add another state File Libr File Libr For Help press Fl CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 40 Example 8 Bottom Half of Scenario Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 In this example a five state sequence not only detects if a group of primitives is received out of order but it fixes any incorrect order The logic is similar to that of example 8 with a few small changes The following table summarizes each state Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 271 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence TABLE 4 11 Example 9 Logic of Sequence 0 State Description Wait for Align 0 When an Align 0 is received go to Wait for Align 1 Wait for Ali
34. in consecutively numbered Sample scs files Memory Size In the Protocol Analyzer Settings tab you can allot memory for the trace recording Check Entire Memory to allow recording to use the whole memory to capture the maximum amount of trace data Minimum size of memory is 2 GB Maximum size of memory is 16 GB Partial Memory To reduce the memory size check Partial Memory and enter a buffer size in kilobytes up to the memory size in megabytes Note If the size of a data packet exceeds the buffer memory allocation the project runs but no data capture occurs You must increase buffer memory size to a value greater than the packet size Segmented Memory Alternatively you can use Segmented Memory Enter an integer of Segment from 1 to 32 then enter an integer Segment Size in kilobytes up to the memory size in megabytes divided by the number of segments The default segment size is 10 MB Each time a trigger condition occurs the system records a new segment You can use a Snapshot or Pattern trigger but not Manual Trigger As the same trigger automatically repeats the system makes the number of segments that you entered Upload Manager To upload segments manually in the Upload Manager select the Don t upload segments and open upload manager automatically checkbox To upload segments automatically for display as the system creates them do not select the checkbox To view segmented trace files click the Upload
35. 4 4 4 Pathway Blocked Count H Arkitration Waa Tine H More Compatible Features H CRCOD Link Date ul Eee FF4D47D4 524 us Link Relative time display E TT between two sequential TAO A ooooooo0 000000000000000000000000000000000000 gt BA4724E2 00 ACK packets on the same RT o layer and port i 80 ns Source and destination addresses in SCSI commands not shown in this capture Figure 2 5 SAS Typical Packet View Note When using the Advanced Mode sequencer the analyzer logs the state transitions in the trace with the name the user gives to the state 38 In the Packet View right click on any packet and select Show gt State to display the states and their transitions in the trace SAS In case of an STP interface the expander displays STP addresses provided to the SATA drive and the SAS software integrates the STP addresses in the ATA command The results display shows each transaction for every layer identified in a different color and the data direction identified with data direction arrows Upstream traffic has an arrow from right to left Downstream traffic has an arrow left to right gt Layers can be hidden by clicking the corresponding Show Hide button on the menu bar The system retains all captured data but the display has fewer data layers for simpler viewing You can configure the viewer display for test and viewing preferences see Viewer Display on
36. 85000000001 STP Frames STP Frames 0x5000050000103091 gt 0x5000626 000001074 SCSI Commands SCSI Commands 0x5000626 000001 074 gt 0 50060560000003C5 C SMP Commands ISMP Commands 105000628 000001 074 gt 0x5000C500001 04765 C Task Management Functions Task Management Functions 30x500062B000001074 gt 0x5000C50000103D 91 ATA Commands DATA Commands J0x500062B 000001074 gt 0x50060560000003C4 CISCSI Command Status SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Pair SAS Address Pair SAS Address Protocol Error JProtocol Error ISTP Port FISTP Port Tag Tag CJATAPI SCSI Command JATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Source SAS Address Destination S45 Address Filter Type Filter Type Pida Stews Filter Idle fide Show Filter Idle Ports Filter Logic Bone A Multi Level Filtering Ros pe Loge Multi Level Filtering v v dit v v 2 i Bed Panen tiers Use Pair SAS Addresses Vi We D coder NENS M Use Pair SAS Addresses v1 12 OR Vv T1 T2 OR Reset All Check All V Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Reset All Check All V Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Save Load Cancel Save Load Cancel Figure 3 87 SAS SAS Address Filtering before and after Using Pair SAS Addresses Note If you enable pair SAS addresses the source destination SAS addresses options are
37. ATAPI spec assignment Specifies the ATAPI default spec SCSI spec assignment SAS only Specifies the SCSI default spec Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm If the current attached board does not support the project file port configuration the software converts it to a supported port configuration without asking for confirmation If this setting is unchecked the software asks for confirmation Ask user to close the previous captured sample before running the new project When you start to run a new project the software prompts you to close the current sample Found Device List Mode Reset clear the list of found devices Lists only the currently found devices Refresh append to the list of found devices Adds new devices to the list of devices found previously Browse Default Path Software default After you select File gt Open the Open dialog shows the default user folder Windows default After you select File gt Open the Open dialog shows the path selected when the Open dialog was last used Port Configuration Setting These options pertain to Port Configurations that have unused ports as marked by a dash in the Port Configuration table eg AA This allows the user to control these ports if unused by the analyzer platform are to be disconnected or are to be used as pass through meaning the traffic will simply pass through them default setting It is sometimes useful to force disconnect on un
38. Check All LinCheck All CSCS Commands Tag Range Protocol Eror 5MP Commands Task Management Function 5ES Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Protocol Error Tag S5ES Task Attribute ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous IM Packet with Error IY Packet without Error From Tag ja Hex To Tag ja Hex F Pots W Don t Care STP Port 0 Search By C Hashed SAS Address i SAS Address Search Direction Fowad C Backward Search From i Advanced Start Trig Pointer szeva Lagje i Pointer AND Selected Items E Y Pointer OF Selected Items Last Found Reset All Save Load Cancel Domain lt lt Figure 3 89 Search Parameter Definition Dialog You can continue to search the output file using Next Search F3 or Previous Search F4 for the same pattern until you redefine the data capture search parameters Save Search Setup After you have set up a Search configuration you can save it as a SAS Search configuration file ssh or a SATA Search configuration file tsh by clicking Save You can then use it on a different capture by clicking Load in the Search dialog Search By Choose Hashed SAS Address to search on hash address or choose SAS Address to search for address Search Direction Choose either Forward or Backward direction in which to perform the search
39. Command Frame ATAPI Both Links Up CRC Error DWORD Matcher FIS Frame FIS Type Frame Type Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G OOB Signal Primitives Running Disparity Error SAS Data Pattern SATA Data Pattern SCSI SMP Frame SNW SSP Frame Timer Trigger Input Description Occurrence of a specified address frame The Analyzer Trigger feature functions when an Analyzer trigger pattern is set to Pattern Infusion and is running a scenario which activates the Trigger Analyzer action Occurrence of any DWORD Occurrence of a particular ATA command Occurrence of a particular ATA command frame Occurrence of a particular ATAPI command from the list MMC4 RBC SBC2 SMC2 SPC2 SPC3 or SSC2 Occurrence of both line ports active not idling Occurrence of a CRC error Occurrence of a particular DWORD Occurrence of a particular FIS frame Occurrence of a particular SATA FIS type Occurrence of a particular frame type Occurrence of an invalid 10b code Both lines operating at 3 Gbps Both lines operating at 6 Gbps Occurrence of OOB signal Occurrence of Primitive Group SAS Primitive or SATA Primitive Occurrence of Running Disparity RD error Occurrence of a particular data pattern in a SAS frame Occurrence of a particular data pattern in a SATA frame Occurrence of a particular SCSI command from the list MMC4 RBC SBC2 SMC2 SPC2 SPC3 or SSC2 Occurrence
40. Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others 3 3 11 Statistical Report Toolbar Payload size All 2048 2046 2048 2048 2048 2046 2048 2048 Move x Cursor Status all 5 Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Normal Output Teledyne LeCroy Completion Time All 23 616 920 47 ms 24 622 480 39 ms 5 868 81351 ms 16 218 040 47 ms 13 062 200 55 ms 16 309 919 36 ms 6 931 439 88 ms 7 563 37357 ms Cour fut s a put hat que pue put The Statistical Report toolbar provides the following functions accessible by buttons on the toolbar a Export to Excel Save as Text Print Report Print Preview Report Display Settings Move to X Cursor Y Cursor or None DOOCOD 2uUSaARS rs Ls Export as Microsoft Excel file Ej Save as Text file Print Statistical Report El and click OK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Move The Save as Text button opens the Export to Text dialog Choose a folder in which to save the Text file choose an appropriate file name and click Save The Print button opens the select printer dialog Choose an available printer The Export to Excel button opens the Export to Excel dialog Choose a folder in which to save the Excel file choose an appropriate file name and click Save 137 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Print Preview La Ca
41. Control H gt Payload Data 4096 Bytes 52 43 52 44 26 00 Metrics Hex O ASCII Layer Transport lt to Y O ns x toT 0 ns 09 OO ED 21 8000 Task Attribute Tag H Status LUN H Layer Transport Packet No 2141 dee 0000 28000000 00000000 01000000 Pooc 18600900 00000000 00000000 Y toT 0 ns For Help press F1 TxYout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 3 67 Compare Two Data Payloads Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 149 Teledyne LeCroy Running Verification Script Engine VSE 150 3 4 Running Verification Script Engine VSE You can perform custom post process analysis of the open trace by running a verification script over the trace A verification script instructs the application to send trace and analysis information to the script A verification script also contains script code written using CATC Script Language CSL see the CSL_RefManual pdf document in the docs directory of the installation used to process trace data and output that data in different formats Note You may write your own verification scripts to perform custom verification and analysis For information on how to write a verification script see the Verification Script Engine Reference Manual To run a verification script over a trace 1 Select the main menu item Analysis gt VSE or click the Runnin
42. Cylinder H Trusted Receive DMA 05D Trusted Send OxBE sil ESO Dx5F sector NU Read Log DMA Ext Dx47 Cylinder Ly Trusted Mon D ata 0256 Cylinder H rite Log DMA Ext 057 Features Write Uncorrectable Ext On45 write Multiple C3 Ox CS Add LBA s to NY Cache Pinned Set OxB6 10 e H1 Flush WN Cache OxB6 1 4 F Di MY Cache Disable 0xB6 16 NY Cache Enable 0 B6 15 Query WY Cache Misses OxB6 1 3 Check Query NW Cache Pinned Set 0xB6 12 Remove LB 4 2 From WY Cache Pinned 0xB6 11 Court Return From Ny Cache Power Mode DBE 1 Expected Set NY Cache Power Mode OxBb A NCO Queue Management Oxb3 Data Set Management Ox 6 Any Command ps Figure 2 57 SATA ATA Command Pattern Dialog Choose an ATA command and click OK Soft Reset SATA only 2 13 8 Double click Soft Reset to open the Soft Reset dialog E x Fort EE Cancel WH EM THs Eh Mo Pob Fo Po Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 58 SATA Soft Reset Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Sequential Trigger Mode Teledyne LeCroy In Sequential Trigger mode triggering occurs whenever the system detects a specific sequence of patterns Defining the triggering patterns sets the sequence order You must define at least two patterns to enable selection of Sequential Trigger mode Note Patterns such as Primitives and Symbols or Frames occurring very close together on different por
43. Error LEDs in the Port Status dialog mimic follow the LEDs on the Front panel of the unit Reset button LEDs illuminated Unit 1 SN 61658 E x Port Speed Function OOB L MF me Error Trigger Buffer indicator R E 156 A panaan Y 1 5 11 Tees El 12 T 156 Y i PRR RP When the LEDs are dim it indicates they were lit in the past Pressing the Reset button erases this history and the illuminated LEDs are removed from the dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 187 Teledyne LeCroy Toolbars 188 3 8 3 8 1 3 8 2 Toolbars Enabling Tool Bars To customize the Viewer Display workspace you can enable and reposition the available toolbars To display or hide toolbars select View gt Toolbar then check or uncheck toolbars see following screen capture Fie Setup Session Analysis Navigation view Window Help E Trainer Jammer a PP oom In fz oom QuE Actual Size Full Screen E Tile views PB Enable Filtering p2 Filtering IL Filter Idles Phy Physical Layer Fis FIS Layer fcmo Command Layer E Wrap Packets ota A e Status Bar e Record Capture ns Analysis e PMavigation Yie e Packet View Column view e Cursor Position e Device Emulator Toolbars are a Main Record Capture Analysis Navigation View Packet View Column View Cursor Position O Device Target Emulator ODO0ODO OO Once enabled the toolbars can dock at
44. Hardware bin file version 0016 with Ha version 3 YP 0 1 GE Memory Analyzer armed at Unknown Analyzer triggered at Unknown Sample saved at Unknow Original Capture Project Unknown Licensing Information Unknown Simpass Information Unknown Close Figure 3 3 Trace Properties Dialog 3 3 Analysis The Analysis menu options allows you to see the trace in various views and switch views 3 3 1 Analysis Toolbar To display the capture in any of the other available views you can make the selection on the View Type toolbar as shown below or select the menu option under Analysis as shown in Figure 3 5 on page 113 Decoding Assignments Show Hide Column View Show Hide Histogram View Show Hide Text View Show Hide Statistical Report View Show Hide Data Report Waveform View y Diese Bee in E Show Hide Frame Show Hide Bus Inspector View Utilization View Compare 2 Data Payloads Show Hide Spreadsheet View Running Show Hide Packet View Verification Scripts Figure 3 4 View Type Toolbar 112 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy 208 LeCroy 545 Protocol Suite Enclosure Service scs El File Setup Session analysis Navigation View Window Hi D lel lt gt Trainer GA Decoding Assignments O 1 c ve App e ES Packet view Spread Sheet view Column view Text View Field List view Wave Form view Statistical Report Histogram Bus Utilization Data Report
45. Manual 261 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence 262 4 9 qd nT ACK Inject Error bx Scenario is valid Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error 3 Description Wait for ACK inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for ACE from Initiator then Inject Bunning Disparity Error E Wait for Pandom Timer Max Time 1 750 then Stop Infusion For Help press F1 Figure 4 32 Example 6 Complete Scenario 9 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Creating a Sequence This section gives several examples for creating sequences Recall that a sequence can have multiple states but only one state is active at any time In other words at any point in time a sequence waits for one event or combined event and responds with the corresponding action or set of actions when the event occurs A sequence is more powerful than Global Rules because you can create branching or looping test logic with a sequence You can include up to two sequences in a scenario but each is completely independent of the other There is no branching or other interaction between the two except through the Restart All Sequences action You must follow some simple rules when creating sequences TABLE 4 5 Sequence Rules You can use only two branch actions per state When you specify actions for a state you can only use two instances of Branch to an Existing State or Bra
46. Name Replace PP Normal or RADY Reserved 07 Description Wait for PER Normal or BEDY Beserved 0 and replace with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for PPD NORMAL from Initiator OR REDY RESERVED O from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Substitute with ERROR lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt 1 Te T ae i l nl e For Help press Fl CAP NUM SCRL a Figure 4 24 Example 3 Complete Scenario Example 4 Multiple Triggers and Actions In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for two events each of which triggers a different action 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 As you did in example 2 choose RRDY Normal as the first event to monitor and substitute with the SAS primitive ERROR as action 3 In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add the next event keep in mind this is not a combined event RDDY Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 Scenario Name BODY Normal amp ILLY Reserved 0 Test 1 Description Replace BODY Normal wy ERRBOR If BDDY Reserved 01 Inject PD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Glohal Fules Wait for BRBDY NORMAL from Initiator lt Elick here to ad
47. Normal as shown in the figure the action is set for every occurrence However you can set an action to happen at other multiples of event occurrence for example 5 25 1000 and so on You also can set the action to happen at random within a specified number of event occurrences d Replace RRDY Normal b x Scenario is valid Scenario Name Replace BEDY Normal gt Description Wait for BEDY Normal and replace it with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules A Wait for BREDY NORMAL from Initiator then Substitute with ERROR Click here to add a Sequence gt E For Help press F1 Figure 4 22 Example 2 Complete Scenario Example 3 Creating OR Conditions In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for either of two types of RRDY primitive and replaces them with an ERROR primitive Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 255 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules This example includes a combined event a logical OR association of two or more single events Here the combined event consists of any occurrence of RRDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event to display the Event Properties dialog box
48. Nothing or a user defined pattern a Include up to three ELSE IF statements allowing a jump to any other state based on a user definition QO Use up to three timers which you can set to a maximum value of 42949 ms You can set a timer in the state or continue the timer set in the previous state QO Output an external trigger High or Low Note In Advanced Mode events on each link are counted independently A condition is met if the number of events on a link equals the defined occurrence 2 16 1 Working in Advanced Mode To start working in the Advanced Mode click the Easy Switch to Advanced Mode button in an open Analyzer window Easy switch to Advanced mode You can O Display the state definition Set Output Trigger level Select up to three timers Define the If condition and up to three Else If conditions Set number of occurrences before trigger Set captured data Set excluded data Go to next state Add state Choose link for Sequencer setup DOOUOUOUUUOD 94 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Advanced Mode User Defined Teledyne LeCroy Advance Mode Settings Notes State 0 State 0 SO Start Pattern Cont Trig Timer No Jump No Jump State 1 S1 a No Jump hd Capture Everything No Jump Exclude tems Idle Notify Capture Set capture settings of all states as state O C Everything V Exclude Idle T Exclude Xx Nothing Exclude OOB Signal DY P
49. Pattern window to open the Primitive dialog The radio buttons select a different subset of primitives from an approximate total of 88 that are available This makes it easier to find the right primitive The Count field is enabled when the Define Sequential Trigger Mode check box is selected see Figure 2 36 on page 65 Primitive Primitive Type AIP NORMAL _JNOT a Cancel Not Specific To Type Of Connections Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections 0 Used Inside STP Connections Traffic Speed v 1 5 gbps 3 0 gbp 6 0 gbps 12 0 gbp 9 1 4 11 Check All Uncheck Al Figure 2 42 SAS Primitive Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has no radio buttons and has different drop down options Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 69 Teledyne LeCroy Trigger Setup Click the down arrow next to the Primitive dropdown list scroll the list to choose a primitive on which to trigger and click OK Note Users need to exclude the ALIGN capture for the SAS SOF EOF trigger and exclude the XXX capture for the SATA SOF EOF trigger in order for the trigger to precisely display on those primitives in the Link Data frame Note Check the box to the right of the Primitive Type to use the logical NOT mr x Primitive Type AIP NORMAL NOT C AIP NORMAL ance AIP RESERVED O AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP W
50. Ports Assignment Figure 2 67 SAS Set Port Configuration Dialog The dialog shows the current port configuration To select a port configuration click the down arrow to display the Select Port Configuration dialog Select Port Configuration k x All Configurations Filter e Analyzer e Emulator Jammer Trainer All valid port configurations For SM 61658 0xFODA Port 01 o o Figure 2 68 SAS Select Port Configuration Dialog Port configuration depends on the application you run a To actas Analyzer select the Q Analyzer port configuration a To activate the InFusion on a port select kd Jammer 92 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analyzer Settings Teledyne LeCroy Note To display the current Port Configuration click the green button in the lower right corner to display the Port Status window see Port Status on page 186 2 15 9 Port Configuration and Projects Port Configuration depends on Project selected Performance Analyzer and Performance Analyzer with do not use ports Protocol Analyzer has the following port configuration Project Number Protocol Analyzer Port 1 2 15 10 Add a Project Note To enter and save information about the current project click the Notes tab and enter the data about the project Pre Trigger Capture Trigger Post Trigger Capture Settings Notes Project Tree SASProtocolAnalyzer2 a Pre Trigger Capture Exclude Includ
51. Print Preview Print Setup Send To Recent Trace Files d Recent Project Files d Exit Figure 1 18 File Menu Option Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Menu Options and Toolbars 1 11 2 Setup Teledyne LeCroy For special work you can use the Setup menu see Figure 1 19 on page 25 to perform the following actions a O CDOCOCODODOD OO O CTE Configure TxRxVout amp Pre emphasis see TxRx Vout Preemphasis on page 196 User Defined Decoding see User Defined Decoding on page 210 External Trig Setting see External Trig Setting on page 208 Update Device see Update Device on page 208 All Connected Devices see Select Device on page 16 Find DUT see Find DUT on page 221 Power Source Control see Power Source Control on page 223 Manage Setup Licences see Floating License on page 207 Set Preferences see Preferences on page 198 Perform a Self Test see Self Test on page 213 Create a Data Block see Creating a Data Block on page 102 Set Port Alias see Set Port Alias on page 194 Set SAS Address Alias see SAS Address Alias SAS only on page 195 File E ji p Session Analysis Navi xVout amp Preemphasis User Defined Decoding EIN External Trig Setting x El All Connected Devices El Find DUT Power Source Control Preferences Self Test Data Block Set port alias
52. REPORT BROADCAST 40 DISCOVER 40 REPORT PHY ERROR LOG REPORT PHY SATA 40 REPORT ROUTE INFORMATION 40 REPORT PHY EVENT 40 DISCOVER LIST 40 REPORT PHY EVENT LIST 40 REPORT EXPANDER ROUTE TABLE LIS 40 CONFIGURE GENERAL 40 ENABLE DISABLE ZONING 40 WRTIE GPIO REGISTER 40 ZONED BROADCAST Inject CRC error Inject Disparity error Remove Stop Scenario Capture amp Substitute Main Library File Manager Output vax AS Uae Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 275 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files In this window you can enter a script command by clicking Click here to add script command 1 First click Click here to add script command to open the Command Properties dialog El Command Parameters Commands Parameters Serial Number S N 12871 fisStop Port Mt se Sosy fa Beep Scenario DISCOVERY WaitForStop GoTo Stop Sleep Ok Cancel The Command Parameters Dialog contains the list of available commands and their parameters from which to build scenarios and connected hardware and available ports 2 Select appropriate parameters for the command and click OK to display the script in the Script Workspace 1 New Script 0 bx Batch Script is valid i Label 0 Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Chick here to add another scnpt ma cam 14 Note You can select ports from the port list depending on number of ports licensed Note The hardware Serial Num
53. S Average Byte per SSP Frame Average Byte per STP Frame General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Min Compl Time Avg Compl Time Max Compl Time Init Bus Util Target Bus Util Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes 69 293 334 96 us 10 442 747 12 ms 50 291 065 22 ms 4 66 ms 10 97 ms 43 57 659 1331728 Figure 3 40 SAS Performance Report Performance Report SATA To display the Performance Report click the Performance tab The Performance Report displays information in the following columns see Figure 3 42 on page 135 a E E Minimum Completion Time Average Completion Time Maximum Completion Time Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 133 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis la pe Host Bus Utilization Device Bus Utilization Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes Total Read Duration Cmd Minimum Read MB S Cmd Average Read MB S Cmd Maximum Read MB S Total Write Cmd Total Write Bytes Total Write Duration is the sum of all write commands duration Cmd Minimum Write MB S Cmd Average Write MB S is the Total Write Total payload size of all write com mands in sample file in MB Total Completion Time Total completion time of all write commands in sample file in seconds Cmd Maximum Write MB S Average Byte Per FIS FI
54. Scenario 1552404 box Scenario is valid Status Mot saved Wew Scenario 1552404 Scenario Mame Direction for traffic EU From Initiator T Global Pules Click here to add an event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press Fl Figure 4 10 Entering Basic Scenario Information To copy an event or action right click on the event or action and select Copy Right click Click here to add another event or Click here to add an action and then select Paste To copy a sequence or state right click on the sequence or state and select Copy Right click Click here to add another sequence or Click here to add another state and then select Paste You can also cut delete and edit a selected sequence state event or action When you click the Scenario Name or the Direction For Traffic Changes the Scenario Properties dialog box displays see Figure 4 11 on page 239 allowing you to enter the scenario name a short description and direction of traffic change Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios A Scenario Properties JO x 15 x Properties Type Scenario Hame Hew Scenario Description Direction From Initiator x E Z Figure 4 11 Scenario Properties Dialog Box Teledyne LeCroy In the Scenario Properties screen the direction for traffic modification is defined on a global basis for the entire scenario In other words any scenario action that modifies l
55. Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples create the Global Rules area Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 263 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence 3 Click the prompt to add a sequence Prompts for the sequence appear beneath the Global Rules area You create a sequence one state at a time The application numbers states consecutively from O up 1 2 3 and so on New Scenario O Scenario ls valid status Not saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Click here to add a Sequence gt Figure 4 33 Example 7 Adding a Sequence By default the name of the first sequence in a scenario is Sequence 0 The name of the first state is State 0 To change the name of a sequence or state or to associate a description with it click the name of the sequence or state A dialog box appears that allows you to enter that information Note The description does not appear on screen but you can bring it up by clicking the name of the sequence or state 4 Inthe State O area click the prompt to add an event New Scenario 0 X Status Not saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator i Global Bules Clic
56. T gt I 85 89333344 us 34 14 05 STP Frame I gt T 703999996 us 17 7 02 0 00015528 242 100 00 STP Frame 1 gt T 7 03999996 us 17 7 02 STP Frame T gt I 85 89333344 us 34 14 05 SSP Frame I gt T 14 48000050 us 35 14 46 SSP Frame T gt I 23 12000084 us 53 21 90 SMP Frame I gt T 1 81333339 us 17 7 02 SMP Frame T gt I 4 SI333330 us 17 7 02 Open Address Frame I gt T 18 39999962 us 69 28 51 0 00015528 242 100 00 Figure 3 54 Toggling Type Sort Order Hiding Columns To hide a column right click in the column and choose Hide To unhide a column right click any column and choose Unhide 142 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis 3 3 13 Teledyne LeCroy Histogram View The Histogram View displays a histogram of frame type transfers To display the Histogram View of the current capture click View gt Histogram View or click the im 3 E Y E E Uter Defined Zoom 5 x j Figure 3 55 Histogram View button on the View Type toolbar Hide Frames You can customize the histogram by including only frame types that you want To choose frame types to include in the display click the down arrow on the Frame button on the Histogram toolbar and check frame types STF Frame STF Read Data STF Write Data SSP Frame SSP Read Data SSP Write Data SMP Frame Address Frame wt FIS w Read Data FIS wf Write Data FIS Figure 3 57 SAS Histogram Frames Hide Error Frames Frames
57. This opens selection dialogs for each of the categories displaying all of the parameters for that category All patterns added appear in the Project Tree 2 11 2 Exclude Patterns Check this box to allow for the capture of everything except the patterns that have been added to the Project Tree 48 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Patterns and Data Capture Setup Teledyne LeCroy When you check this box the Primitive category appears in the Parameter window and the window enables the Exclude Idle checkbox Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree C Everything Exclude SATA_CONT Capture Exclude Pattern Exclude SATA_SYNC V Exclude Idle Include OX Exclude OOB Signals Exclude Xxx Exclude Payload except fo Dword s Y Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT Y Include 00B Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Y Exclude Idle Parameters Primitive P Primitive AIP NORMAL STP Frame P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type Address Frame S Trigger Non Sequential SMP Frame Sty Settings a SSP Frame y Trigger Position in Memory 50 Data Pattern as Capture Memory Size 10000 KB dinar Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Protocol Errors Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 T1 12 72 13 T3 14 T4 Desctambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 59 Connection Details Simulation Mode IV Exclude patte
58. To display the Spreadsheet View of the current capture click Analysis gt Spreadsheet View or click the H button on the View Type toolbar Time Stamp Relative Time Src SAS Address Dest 545 Address 124 697 690 040 min J 0 ns E COMIN 1 24 695 072 533 mind O n i T Toki 124 737 286 480 min D ns fa COMINIT 124 737 670 253 min D ns i COMINIT 1 24 768 795 986 min 70 723 453 ms B Li COMINIT 1 24 780 391 293 min 82 701 253 me COMINIT Figure 3 11 SAS Spreadsheet View Ime Stamp late Tie Po ll 11 511 578 666 O mes E On90 Execute Device Diagnostic 11 511 598 20 293 us Ox90 Execute Device Diagnostic i UxeEl identity Uewice T E UxeEl identity Uewice WP SGU S UxeEl identity Uewice er ids Ce m be Ea eek Powar wide Figure 3 12 SATA Spreadsheet View 1 11 6034 E 1 1 Right click a column heading to go to Preferences make all columns the same width choose Time Stamp Format or Goto a position Right click a column heading to Hide or Show the column To show the same columns permanently select Setup gt Preferences gt Trace Viewer gt As Previously Saved Right click the column to Add Bookmark or Edit Bookmark Set Time Stamp Origin go to Preferences choose Time Stamp Format Change Background or Foreground Color or Goto a position Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 117 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis
59. To see different formats 10b 8b scrambled and so on select a format by clicking its Tool menu button Resize Columns You can resize the columns in Column View by clicking in the column boundary and dragging the boundary to a new position Rearrange Columns You can rearrange columns by left clicking in the column title and then dragging the drag and drop icon to a new position 3 3 Text View Text View displays see Figure 3 14 on page 120 the captured data interpreted as transaction frames grouped in columns by port Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 119 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis To display Text View select Analysis gt Text View or click the button on the View Type toolbar Time Stamp a All Lanes Ti 2 T2 124 697 690 040 min Ta COMINIT E COMINIT 1 24 3 mino T COMINIT E COMINIT 1 min COMINIT la fe COMINIT COMINIT r COMMIT COMINIT T COMINIT COMMIT COMINIT COMINIT COMINIT COMINIT COMMIT COMINIT COMIMIT l Figure 3 14 Text View Note The LBA and Tag Number value are shown in the All Lanes column 3 3 8 Frame Inspector View Frame Inspector View has lots of information that is available in Packet View but not Spreadsheet View so it is most useful in conjunction with the Spreadsheet View This view has the following three tabs Spec View This view
60. Trainer ports for blade Infusion Parts 1 Yes Enable one Infusion port for blade Infusion Parts 2 Yes Enable two Infusion ports for blade Infusion Parts 4 Yes Enable four Infusion ports for blade Infusion Feature Muxina Yes Enable Muxina in Infusion Ej oe E Figure 3 138 Licensing Dialog 212 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Setup Menu Teledyne LeCroy 3 20 6 Check for Updates Check whether a new software version is available If so you can download from the Teledyne LeCroy web site You can select to Check for updates at application startup see Figure 3 139 on page 213 LeCroy 545 Protocol Suite Scftware Update X E There are no new updates available for 545 Protocol Suite Sa Check for updates at application start up The latest software downloads can always be Found at hEbp iw lecrow conmJtrf Library SorkiwarelPSo Sierra 525 35 Close Figure 3 139 Check for Updates 3 20 7 About Displays version information 3 21 Setup Menu 3 21 1 Self Test You can use the built in RAM self test utility Select Setup on the main menu bar and choose Self Test to open the Self Test dialog El File Session Analysis Nav E TxVout Preemphasis El User Defined Decoding oj External Trig Setting gt All Connected Devices CE Find DUT Power Source Control Preferences Data Block Set Port Alias Set 545 Address Alias Fi
61. View Shows DWORDs in columns by port Text View Shows transaction frames grouped in columns by port Frame Inspector View Has lots of information that is available in Packet View but not Spreadsheet View so it is most useful in conjunction with the Spread sheet View Waveform View Shows waveform display for all active ports on which you can perform timing measurements Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Menu Options and Toolbars O OCD0ODODO O a Statistical Report Generate statistics for all transports commands primitives bus conditions addresses lanes and errors Histogram View Shows frame type transfers Bus Utilization Displays the utilization of the bus Data Reports Displays data payloads Compare 2 Data Payloads Compares 2 data payloads SAS Verification Verifies compliance with the SAS specification Compliance Test Verifies compliance with the SATA specification VSE Perform custom post process analysis of the open trace by running a verifi cation script over the trace Power Tracker View Displays power statistics 1 11 5 Navigation The Navigation menu has the following options to navigate through the application see the following screen capture Fal Fie Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help o pa a a F o e 5 mj ap Trainer Y A Trigger Position Search Ctrl F 2 Position e C Lak Prep pp i HE Search Next FS Y Position xi El
62. additional permission but all copies should contain this copyright notice WEEE Program This electronic product is subject to disposal and recycling regulations that vary by country and region Many countries prohibit the disposal of waste electronic equipment in standard waste receptacles For more information about proper disposal and recycling of your Teledyne LeCroy product please visit teledynelecroy com recycle Teledyne LeCroy 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 TEL 800 909 7112 USA and Canada TEL 408 653 1260 worldwide Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual ii Chapter INTO Uco Nest ita iaiaos 9 TETANY ZOR OVOTVIOW oscoro ainni litio 9 12 RCA id oi 10 1 3 RECEIVING YOUN ANN Ze Fonasa 11 1 4 UNPACKING ANG ANALY ZO uscar 11 La Analyzer Feature Strait traba 11 Lol TONER ctas 11 t92 REAL FPaNG lsr da 12 15 3 Temperature and MUM IGILY ura 12 1 6 Installing Your Analyzer uri nnmnnn nnmn 13 16 1 Software nstallati M rni a 13 1 6 2 Hardware AU iaa 13 1 7 Cascading Sierra Analyzers oocoocncoccccconocononcnconanonononnnonanonnnnnnnrnnnrennrrnnrennnrnnnrnnnrrnnrrnnnrnnnnnanns 14 1 90 Connecting Via ETNCINGG cuisine iniciada 16 13 1 CONNECTING LO a INGLWONK ias a E E 16 1 8 2 Select Devic E rn 16 1 8 3 Connecting over Different SubnetS ccooccocncoccccconcccncononoocanonaronancnnnronaronnrrnnn rra nrnnnrnnnrrnnnrnnnrrnnrrnrrnnnrrnnrnnnns 21 1 8 4 TCP and UDP Ports Must Be Open to Connec
63. as View edit a selected item Insert a copy Delete a selected scenario Copy Paste DODODDODOODOLDO Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 229 Teledyne LeCroy Interface 230 4 2 5 Device Ports If a device is connected the software displays the Device Ports Device Ports Sh 128580008 Figure 4 4 Device Ports Using the first row of icons you can Run Stop All Ports or Run Stop individual ports The columns display the Port Function Configuration Library and Scenario You can Float Dock Auto Hide or Hide the window Note A port row is grayed out when that port has not been configured to be a Jammer in the Port Configuration dialog see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 231 4 2 6 Using the Device Ports Dialog After you have finished Port Configuration see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 231 you use the Device Ports dialog to assign specific scenarios to ports so that different scenarios can run on different ports To assign a scenario to a port drag and drop the scenario from any library window to the port The Device Ports dialog then displays the Library and Scenario on the row for that Port Configuration Device Ports 5M 61656 ib z gt scenarios el Ports are Ready to Aun Library Scenario Y GSN 61658 New Scenario 1 ag Y SH 61658 Hew Scenario 3 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Port Con
64. be saved in a workspace as a wss file After you open a trace and select views you can save the viewing parameters in a workspace file Select File gt Save Workspace to open a Save As dialog Save the current workspace as a wss file To set a default workspace viewing parameters select Setup gt Preferences gt Software Settings to open the Trace Viewer dialog In the Default Workspace field enter the path and name of a saved workspace wss file The workspace can be switched after opening a trace file Select File gt Open to open another workspace and select a wss file 2 9 Saving a Trace Capture You can save a Trace Capture for review at a later time using the Save As dialog see Figure 2 7 on page 41 40 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Saving a Trace Capture Teledyne LeCroy Savein C User My Recent Documents ERAM p My Documents p Qe My Computer e Mo Network File name YenwS ample Places Save as lupe Sample File F 202 Cancel Range All Samples From T Cursor To T Cursor O From Mo fi To nof 7 Bookmark From To E Save Filtered Sample Apply Show Hide Link Setting Figure 2 7 Save As Dialog You can limit the range of the saved file You can save a All Samples a arange between selected cursors O arange between selected Idle link commands a range between bookmarks The Save Filtered Sample checkbox saves a tr
65. buzzer you should hear it sound You must click the Stop Test button to stop the check 220 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Find DUT 3 22 Teledyne LeCroy Find DUT The Find DUT utility obtains all vendor specific information and detailed device parameters Find device finds any devices that are attached to any port Select Setup on the main menu bar and choose Find DUT El File session Analysis Navn ze E TxVout amp Preemphasis El User Defined Decoding oj External Trig Setting m All Connected Devices 41 Find DUT aburce Control Preferences Self Test Data Block Set Port Alias Set SAS Address Alias Figure 3 148 SATA Find Device Command on Tools Menu The Find DUT dialog displays see Figure 3 149 on page 222 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 221 Teledyne LeCroy Find DUT Find Device Under Test DU Find Find Device in Allinfo C SAS Address Device List Parameters Supported Pages amp SubPages General Protocol Supported Figure 3 149 SATA Find DUT Dialog o Click the Find Device button to search for connected devices After a brief period the dialog displays all device information Device Identifier EEF T1 50060560000003 5 Property e PH D PH Id 0 PH 1500605600000 Invalid Dord Count 0 Hogea PHY 2 o bel PHY 3 E PHY 4 Lose OF D word Syne Count 0 Running Di
66. can replace values on every occurrence after a specified number of occurrences or after a speci fied time interval a Packet Drop Removes individual primitives address frames or data frames from the stream to verify retry behavior a Primitive Manipulation Replaces handshaking and flow control primitives to help validate robustness of a design Q Traffic Monitoring Operates as a traffic monitor collecting statistical data on user specified parameters In this mode data passes unchanged in both direc tions QO Menu Driven Interface Allows easy set up of test scenarios QO API based on C Allows development of custom test applications a Scenario Batch Files Allows scenario scripts With respect to traffic modification in the Link Layer you can modify primitives CRC scrambled traffic and SSP SMP and STP connection events You cannot modify clock skew management OOB and power management and signal integrity InFusion consists of a hardware device that connects to the line under test and a Windows based software application used to create and download test scripts to the device You also can use the software application to configure and control the device across an Ethernet link Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Interface 4 2 4 2 1 Teledyne LeCroy InFusion test scripts are called scenarios Scenarios determine how the hardware device monitors and modifies line traffic You must use the appli
67. complex trigger sequences you can display state numbers in a trace To see state number in Packet View right click a link layer packet show field and select state number Setting Trigger Conditions To set the If and Else If trigger condition 96 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Advanced Mode User Defined Teledyne LeCroy 1 Click the Add Pattern button fora Pattern field and choose a trigger condition from the drop down list Advance Mode Settings Notes State O SO Start al poe Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out GoTo la A If Nochange gt NoJump E Else If Timeout E Nochange NoJump State 1 51 Nochange NoJum Pall External Trigger O l p Capture Everything Else If O Nochange NoJump Exclude Items Idle Notify Bus Condition Symbol Capture Primitive Set capture settings of all states as state 0 C Everyth STP Frame IV Exclude Idle T Exclude lt x C Nothing ATA Command J Exclude OOB Signal Tl Exel Es Pattern ATAPI T Exclude ALIGN V Exclude NOTIFY I Exclude SATA_CONT l Exclude SATA_SYNC l Exclude Payload except fo Dwordl s SMP Frame Include SSP Frame the following Patterns Exclude SCSI Command Data Pattern Address Frame Protocol Errors Timer 1 Elapsed Timer 2 Elapsed Timer 3 Elapsed ProtocolE Anything Advanced switch to Easy mode Ir Multi Sequencer Port 1 77 y Make Same a
68. display fonts 194 display Configuration 190 display configuration 190 Display License Information 212 display manipulation 111 DMA activate FIS 59 DMA setup FIS 60 Don t care Snapshot 62 downloading a scenario 274 DWORD Matcher 242 E Easy Mode 22 Edit script 153 e mail 291 Email CATC Support 291 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Enable Tooltip box 193 Entire Memory 88 Error Injection 226 error message startup 13 errors 277 Ethernet connecting with 16 Event 234 event counter 248 scenario 240 example files 45 exclude from capture Align 35 Idles 36 Notify 36 OOB Signals 35 patterns 48 Payload of Data Frame 35 RRDY 36 SATA_CONT 35 SATA_SYNC 35 XXXX 35 Exclude Idle checkbox 49 Expand All 185 Expand Log button 150 Expanded Waveform View 122 Expansion Card Data Status or Clock Status check 219 Export Paired SAS Address Report 43 Export Read Write Command Report 43 Export to Excel button 137 Export to Initiator Emulator 42 External Trig In Setting 91 208 External Trig Out Setting 91 208 External Trig Setting 228 External Trig Setting dialog 208 external trigger 91 External Trigger dialog 68 F fax number 291 field show hide 182 Field Settings 192 Field View 120 file library 236 File Manager 236 File menu InFusion 228 file type definition 44 filter 158 by tag number 166 check condition 165 options 163 Sierra M6 1 SAS S
69. filtering In each level you can select specific items to AND to the previous level The results of all levels show in views see the following three figures 160 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Filter m Filter Options Bus Condition 2 O50 060560000003C5 gt 05000626 000001 074 Prirnitive 0 50060560000003C4 gt 0 5000628 000001 074 Incomplete Frames iw Ox5000C50 gt 0 5 Address Frames 0x5000E 85000000001 gt 0E S4E 8E ISSF Frames 0 5000 5000000001 gt 0s5000CS0000T 0309 SMP Frames 050000500001 030 91 0s5000E 86000000001 OJSTP Frames 0 5000C500001 03091 gt 05000628 000001 074 OSCSI Commands IN O0x5000628 000007 074 gt 0 5D06056000000305 SMP Commands 005000628 000001 074 gt 0x50000500001047B5 Task Management Functions 10 5000626 000001 074 gt 050000500007 03091 HATA Commands 05000626 000001 OF 4 gt Ox50060560000003C4 CISCSI Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Pair S45 Address lDProtocol Error ATAPI SCSI Command C Miscellaneous Filter Idle Filter Type E Hide Show Parte gt gt 3 Filter Logic wilt iv 2 AND Related Items iY T1 i T2 OF Reset All Check All le Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Save Load Next gt Cancel Figure 3 81 First Level of Multilevel Filtering i Multi Level Filtering M Use Pair SAS A
70. first data pattern on the bus Starting a data capture with Pattern selected triggers when specific pattern s are detected in the captured data stream The following three ways can trigger the analyzer with Pattern selected a Trigger on any pattern Any Trigger Mode a External Trigger Trigger on a sequence of patterns Sequential Trigger Mode 62 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup 2 13 1 2 13 2 2 13 3 Teledyne LeCroy Snapshot Mode To trigger immediately on any pattern check the Don t care Snapshot button A Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite SASProtocolAnalyzer oc E Soe File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help tar bel lt gt Trainer Y Jammer Q Record Trigger Settings Notes Dont care Snapshot Manual Trig o Pattem Infusion Tre Ch y Project Tree le 8 SASProtocolAnalyzerl 4 Capture e A Include XxX Include SYNC Include CONT HP Include DOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame 8 Ay Trigger Non Sequential P Device Sleep Rising Edge E P Primitive AIP NORMAL MA Settings oe Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB wo Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s oo Speed AutoSpeed 11 71 12 72 13 T3 14 T Descrambling Enabled son Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Parameters Timeout Extemal Manual Trigger Device Sleep Bus Co
71. for a Primitive and Replace It with an Error In this example the Global Rules portion of the scenario waits for each RRDY Normal primitive and replaces it with an ERROR primitive 254 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules 8 dl Teledyne LeCroy Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event to display the Event Properties dialog box As you did in the previous example choose RRDY Normal as the type of primitive to monitor In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to display the Action Properties dialog box In the Type column on the left choose Substitute gt with SAS Primitive as the action that you want when an RRDY Normal occurs Inthe middle column of the dialog box click Description if you want to add a description of the action Still in the middle column of the Event Properties dialog box click Primitive to display a drop down menu that lets you choose the type of primitive for which to substitute for RRDY Normal see Figure 4 19 on page 253 Choose ERROR Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario In this example you set the substitution action to happen at every occurrence of an RRDY
72. from the data capture Exclude XXXX Check this to exclude XXXX patterns from the data capture Note The validity of time stamps during Idles is traded off against good buffer memory utilization when using Exclude XXXX Exclude Dev Slp Packets SATA Check this to exclude Dev Slp Packets from the data capture Exclude Payload except Check this to exclude Payload of Data Frames from the data capture You can except a number of DWORD s Note The Data Report refer to Data Report on page 146 does not reflect excluded Payload of Data Frames Note When showing truncated data in the Data Payload View the truncation points are marked with a separator placed between payloads You can get more information about the data exclusion using the tooltip over the separator Exclude ALIGN Check this to exclude ALIGN primitives from the data capture Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 35 Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars Exclude RRDY SAS only Check this to exclude RRDY primitives from the data capture Exclude NOTIFY SAS only Check this to exclude NOTIFY primitives from the data capture Exclude Idle Check this to exclude Idles from the data capture Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Replaces the Capture tab with a Pre Trigger Capture tab and a Post Trigger Capture tab 2 5 SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars The SAS
73. its own Embedded counter in M12x X 8 a total of 12 DWORD detectors are shared between all pattern detectors Frame Type Detector X 24 Counter X 12 Timer X 8 OOB X 1 ComWakeDetected X 1 ComWakeCompleted X 1 CominitDetected X 1 CominitCompleted X 1 ComSasDetected X 1 ComSasCompleted X 1 Snw1 X 1 Snw2 X 1 Snw3 X 1 SnwFinal X 1 SnwTrain X 1 DisparityError X 1 10B Error X 1 CrcError X 1 Both Links Up X 1 Link Speed 3G X 1 Link Speed 6G X 1 Link Speed 12G X 1 Primitive Substitute X 12 Insert Frame1 Up To 1024 Dword X 1 Insert Dword8 Up To 16 Dword X 8 SNW Manipulation X 16 Global Action Register X 8 State per sequencer X 256 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 247 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions 248 4 6 2 O Action Register per state X 8 Usage of Action Register Each Counter in Global Rules 2 Each Counter in State 3 Each Timer in Global Rules 2 Each Timer in State 3 Other Actions 1 HO DOD GB Using Counters in Events and Actions Many of the events and actions supported by InFusion also support counters that can control functions Within events counters determine how many times the event must occur before the associated actions are triggered Event counters typically have two properties O Count Randomly Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the event repeats a random number of times between 1 and the val
74. level Pre emphasis decay from the drop down menu Port Status displays number of errors per second Apply applies the selected settings Start Reading Port Status implements reading of number of errors displayed in Port Status Restore Factory Settings restores default values Save saves the new values as a sng file Load loads back the saved sng file Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 197 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences 198 3 15 3 15 1 Preferences Preferences allow you to define template files for new Analyzer projects to specify how sample files appear when opened and to set ATAPI and SCSI Spec Assignments To perform settings in an open sample view select Setup gt Preferences General Tab Preferences 2 Paths User Path specifies the User folder path used by the software after launching the Open dialog General Trace Viewer Spread Sheet View Column View Paths User path c user public documents Vecroy sas protocol suite User Template Files E Protocol Analyzer E New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode Default Workspace Cc users publicidocumentsNecroy sas protocol suite System PreDetined Workspace Defaut WS NCQ Commands Time out Threshold 1000 us ATAPI Spec Assignment MMCE SPCA Maximum Number of Uploader Threads E SCS Spec Assignment E Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm 4 Ask user to close the
75. link is always assigned to a specific memory bank Post trigger the system can try to use empty space in all memory banks if you check the MA option Therefore Memory Assignment efficiency is maximum when Trigger Position is set to 0 snap shot trigger and is minimum when Trig ger Position is set to 99 or when there is no triggering you stop recording manually MUX When MUX is enabled each segment has four memory banks limiting Memory Assignment somewhat Here are examples of different Port Configurations and Trigger Positions a a One port configuration A Sample size is user specified sample size Two port configuration AA Ports 1 and 2 are on the same FPGA so Memory Assignment has an effect If you use snapshot triggering the sample size is near specified size Two port configuration AA If you use manual stop Memory Assignment has no effect Sample size depends on port traffic loads Two port configuration AA If trigger is set at 50 and there is enough data to fill pre trigger Memory Assignment has an effect Sample size is typically near specified size Two port configuration AA If trigger is set at 50 but there is not enough data to fill pre trigger Memory Assignment has an effect Sample size is typically more than half specified size with size determined by the amount of data cap tured before trigger Two port configuration A A Ports 1 and 3 are not on the same FPGA
76. new samples will be opened by these default port aliases 3 13 SAS Address Alias SAS only SAS Address Alias allows you to assign a meaningful name to each SAS address to assist in interpreting the results displayed in the sample view see Figure 3 121 on page 196 To assign SAS address names in an open sample view select Setup gt Set SAS Address Alias Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 195 Teledyne LeCroy TxRx Vout Preemphasis 196 SAS Adress Alias SAS Address Hash Address Alias Name 5000626000001074 FFFF54 Intrasewer 8 8 8 OOROSE0000003C4 9p 2525 Network tools 1 S000E 85000000001 DB182F Catalyst SO0E0S6000000205 500252 Network tools 2 ROOOCSOO00 04765 CCAD3C Seagate 1 5000c500001 03091 E34EDE Seagate 2 M Apply alias to all wiew Set4sD efault i E Cancel Figure 3 121 SAS Assign SAS Address Alias Assign a meaningful name to each SAS address in use and click OK The assigned names replace the SAS address in the sample view Search filter and Statistical report Source SAS Address H Destination SAS Address H Command Intrasever Network tools 1 0x25 Read DMA Ext gt Input H gt Normal Output H gt ATA Command Data 2048 Bytes earch For Search ltems w Data Pattern Intrasever Bus Condition Network tools 2 gt Intrasever Bus Condition Network tools 1 Primitive Ne
77. of Sub Items Note Some of the search categories allow you to refine the search by specifying specific SAS addresses and STP ports to search Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 173 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar 174 Search Data Pattern Figure 3 91 Search Sub ltems When you check the SCSI Command Status the Check Condition item appears in the Search Items Window if a check condition has occurred Clicking this enables Search Sub Items allowing you to refine the search by specifying Sense Key ASC and ASCO Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Search by Tag Number To search by Tag Number check the Tags box in the Search For window and then check the Tag s for which to search in the Search Items window v00 0x1 v10x2 0x3 Y 0x4 v05 v08 Y 0 68 y 0x81 v10 82 y 10 83 0x84 0x85 0x86 v 0x87 0x88 Figure 3 92 Search by Tag Number Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 175 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Search by Speed 176 Search Packet View Search Far E Incomplete Frames Address Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames E STF Frames SCSI Commands SMP Commands A Task Management Func PATA Commands SCS Command Status Source 545 Address Fl Destination SAS Addres Protocol Error Tag SCSI Task Attrib
78. of a particular SMP frame Occurrence of Final SNW SNW1 SNW2 SNW3 Train SNW Occurrence of a particular SSP frame Occurrence of a particular elapsed time time period Occurrence of input trigger The following sections provide some additional details about three of the above events DWORD Matcher DWORD Matcher is a DWORD pattern matcher that presents match and mask fields and a K Code Mask field K Codes are control characters that are always used in the first byte of a four byte primitive Of the K Code masks listed in the menu D D D D is used for data bytes and K D D D is used for all primitives When you create a DWORD match keep the following in mind Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Events Teledyne LeCroy QO The pattern can be inside or outside of frames it does not matter if the pattern is inside a frame or not QO Because the pattern can be inside or outside of frames there is no offset a You can make user defined primitives This is the reason this feature was cre ated a You can use any K D pattern 4 5 2 Address Frame 4 5 3 4 5 4 With Infusion you must enter all values in reverse MSB LSB order For example a SAS Address in the viewer 5000C50056B8C829 should be entered like this in Infusion 29C8B85600C50050 SAS Data Pattern When you create a SAS data pattern keep the following in mind The pattern must be defined inside a frame that starts with a SOF
79. or SOAF The pattern must be data only no K codes primitives The pattern must be defined at a specific offset in the frame The pattern and mask must be specified in the same format as specified in the SAS standard 0x12345678 hex where 1 is the first digit on the cable and is the MSB as given in the SAS Stan dard DOOCOD For example for an SMP Request Pattern 0x40000000 Mask OxFFO0O0000 Ofts t 0 SOP Type SOF SATA Data Pattern When you create a SATA data pattern keep the following in mind The pattern must be defined inside a frame that starts with a SATA_SOF The pattern must be data only no K codes primitives The pattern must be defined at a specific offset in the frame The pattern and mask must be specified in the same format as specified in the SATA Standard OOoOUD For example for Register H gt D FIS Pattern 0x00000027 Mask 0x000000FF Offset Q DOr Typer SAIA OOF Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 243 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions 4 5 5 Analyzer Trigger Trigger the Analyzer when the Scenario event matches You can see the trigger on the Analyzer Status Bar The Analyzer Trigger feature functions when an Analyzer trigger pattern is set to Pattern Infusion and is running a scenario which activates the Trigger analyzer action A message Triggered Post Trig Capturing displays on the Software Status bar Note This is different from the
80. previous captured trace before running the new project Found device list mode Browse default path Reset clear the list of found devices Software default 6 Refresh append to the list of found devices 5 Windows default Setas factory Figure 3 124 Preferences Dialog General Tab The SATA Preferences dialog has the same options except that it does not have SCSI spec assignment Template Files Protocol Analyzer You can use a pre saved analyzer project file as a template Whenever you make a new project file the software uses the template to initialize the project file New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode When you use the New menu item to create a new project file the software switches to Advanced mode automatically Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Other Teledyne LeCroy Default Workspace specifies the default workspace file for opening a sample file You can save any viewer configuration as a workspace and then specify it as the default workspace The software always open a trace file based on the default workspace file NCQ Commands Time out Threshold The software uses this setting in the statistical ATA command page for NCQ commands If the time out exceeds this setting the software reports an error Maximum Number of Uploader Threads If Quick View is not enabled during cascading specifies the number of concurrent processes for uploading a sample file
81. section of this screen if you are reading the data pattern from a recorded trace you must reverse the order of the bytes listed for each DWORD entered For example if you want to capture or exclude OO 01 02 03 as displayed in the trace you must enter this pattern as O3 02 01 00 2 12 Protocol Errors Double click Protocol Errors to open the Protocol Errors selection dialog see Figure 2 18 on page 52 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 51 Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Errors 52 Protocol Errors Protocol Errors C Code Violation C Disparity Error C ALIGN Error O FIS Signaling Latency Error O FIS Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive O FIS Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout C Frame Type Error C Frame Length Error C Frame Direction Error C CAC Error C Delimiter Error Cancel SS x OR Cancel Uncheck all Port et Hi Fiz Fins FHA ib Foz Pins F ba Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 18 SAS Protocol Errors Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA dialog does not show ACK NAK Timeout and has FIS signal latency and state transition errors not STP ones SATA dialog does not show ALL SSP and SMP radio buttons Check protocol error s to omit or not capture then click OK Protocol Errors Descriptions SMP Response Time Limit is outside the specification requirements Code Violation Wrong 10b symbol detected Disparit
82. the Viewer Display window or float on the windows desktop Cursor Position Status Bar To display the cursor position status bar select Toolbar gt Cursor Position X to Y Ons xX to T Ons Y to T Ons Figure 3 114 Cursor Position Toolbar See Using the Cursors and Bookmarks on page 189 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Status Bar Teledyne LeCroy 3 9 Status Bar The Status bar is located at the bottom of the main display window 3 9 1 Search Status The right most segment displays the current search direction Fwd forward or Bwd backward Change the search direction from the Search Menu or double click the Search Status segment 3 10 Using the Cursors and Bookmarks 3 10 1 Cursors The data viewer display incorporates three cursors labeled X Y and T All cursors are initially overlaid and positioned at location O which is the trigger position of the display The Trigger or T cursor is the measurement reference and is always at location O in the display Positioning the X Cursor To position the X Cursor within the viewer data display click the left mouse button in the gray bar on the left side of the sample viewer next to the line in which to place the cursor Positioning the Y Cursor To position the Y cursor within the viewer data display click the right mouse button in the gray bar on the left side of the sample viewer next to the line in which to place the cursor Note You ca
83. the timer or resets the timer if the timer is already running Depending on the configurable Trigger mode the trigger is activated when the End Event s occur before the timer expires or the timer expires before the End Event s occurs O You can set a Timeout Select a Pattern for the Start Event Start Event resets the timer Select a Pattern for the End Event Enter the Timeout Value in milliseconds or microseconds Select a Trigger Mode m lf End Event occurs before timer expires m lf timer expires before End Event occurs OOO O Timeout Pattern Pattern Start E vents External Trigger Primitive Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command End Events ATAPI Bus Condition Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Note Logical OR operator appllied on added events Timeout value 346 milliseconds 2 microseconds Trigger mode 2 Trigger if the End Events occur s before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s occur s Note Start Event s reset s the timer unconditionally Figure 2 76 Timeout Dialog WARNING In Advanced Mode Short State Jump Intervals Can Cause Hardware Queue Overflow and Corrupt Frames When using Advanced Mode if too many state jumps occur in a short time the hardware queue can overflow which may corrupt frames For example an infinite loop can cause many state jumps in a short time Hardware overflow can occur if inte
84. triggering sequence to delay detection of the next pattern in the sequence To insert a timer in the trigger list double click Timer to open the Timer dialog x Timer Value fi Milli Seconds Time Unit Cancel milliseconds microseconds Figure 2 60 Timer Dialog Enter a Timer Value choose the Time Unit and click OK Defining Patterns The definition of patterns for the sequential trigger mode is identical to the Any Trigger mode with the following exception In sequential triggering mode the definition dialogs for the triggering patterns enable the setting to count the number of occurrences see Figure 2 61 on page 85 This allows you to specify the number of times that the pattern must occur before triggering or proceeding in the trigger sequence 84 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup Teledyne LeCroy Count Expected number of occurrences fi Figure 2 61 Number of Occurrences Note The events on each link are counted independently causing a trigger whenever the number of occurrences on any link equals the specified value Triggering Order As you define and add triggering patterns they display under the Trigger category in the Project Tree sequentially in the order in which you entered them When the project runs the analyzer detects the occurrence of each pattern in order and triggers on the last one You can re order the sequence of triggering patterns To change th
85. 0 00 Figure 3 35 SAS SMP Command Report Task Command Report SAS To display the Task Command Report click the TASK Command tab The Task Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Function Status Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count OOOO O 0 00000043 Figure 3 36 SAS TASK Command Report SAS Address Report SAS To display the SAS Address Report click the SAS Address tab The SAS Address Report displays the report data in columns with the following information see Figure 3 37 on page 132 O Source SAS Address All Custom or an address O Destination SAS Address All Custom or an address QO Protocol Type SMP SSP STP O Frame Type All Custom Command Data DMA Activate Register Host To Device Register Device To Host Response XFER_RDY a Count All Custom or a number Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 131 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Source SAS Address Destination S45 Address Protocol Type Frame Type All All All v All STP Data 50060560000003C4 5000628000001074 ata 206 50060560000003C4 500062B000001074 STP Reaister Device to Host 300 500062800000107
86. 000 Source SAS Address H Source Zone Group H Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Wait Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data H 5000 0C42FB5D004 0000 00000000 F8 BAB6ES Figure 3 1 SAS Packet View of scs Sample File Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 109 Teledyne LeCroy Viewer Display Command Input H gt gt Normal Output H Phd Port H Protocol 0x90 Execute Device Diagnostic 0x05 Device Diagnos 2 160 us FIS Type Phi Port H C H Command H Features H Sector Number H Cyl Low H Cyl High H 3 666 0x27 Register Host to Device Duration 1 026 us Link FIS Type ATA Command Sec Count H Link Data Relative Time Duration 1 0x27 Register Host to Device 0x90 Execute Device Diagnostic D ns 1 026 us JAS FIS Type Phi Port H CH Status H Error H Sector Number H Cyl Low H Cyl High H Dev Head H so 0x34 Register Device to Host i iT io 1 aes len 7 3 fi 3 5 586 us 4 a ee 5 586 us 511 600 093 5 ae 11 511 600 093 5 6 Figure 3 2 SATA Packet View of sts Sample File 3 1 1 Quick View By default the Preferences settings enable Quick View Quick View allows full access to the whole trace more quickly especially when using a Gigabit Ethernet connection However the trace is NOT written to the host machine s hard drive To save the trace you must manual
87. 08 SAS 6G_TL3 9 Ba a Y SN 12880008 SAS 6G_TL3 9 Ba OOB Setting Normal Spec Value T Global Rules Click here to add an event gt 16_DEVICE_Buffer Underrun Device 20_DEVICE_Verify Soft Reset Recovery Inject Disparity Errorl Inject Disparity Error lt empty gt Click here to add a sequence gt Main Library Device Library SN 12880008 For Help press F1 version 3 00 Build 12 SCR Figure 4 6 New Scenario in InFusion Window 232 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Scenario Parameters Timers Timers allowed per state sequence scenario 2 timers per state and 6 timers per scenario are allowed Events Events allowed to be used per state sequence scenario For combined events there is virtually no limit per state sequence scenario Actions Actions allowed per state sequence scenario A maximum of 8 actions per state 2048 actions per sequence 8 256 state 4104 actions per scenario 2 2048 8 more in the Global Rules state Monitors Monitors allowed to be used per state sequence scenario InFusion can keep an account of 8 12 Monitor Count events per scenario Random change of use of count and count randomly In Global Rules if a Counter is used for Event counting 2 extra actions are consumed 2 more actions are required for Every Nth occurrence option In Sequences If a Counter is used for Event counting 3 extra act
88. 1 ACK Example 6 Using Timers In this example the Global Rules portion of the scenario waits for an ACK primitive from the initiator Each time the device detects an ACK it injects an RD Error into the traffic stream This state continues for a random period of time not to exceed 1 790 seconds After the time period has elapsed timer times out the scenario stops Although this example sets the timer for a random period you also can set the timer for known values 2 ms 5 mins 1 hr and so on 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples configure the first event and its response in the Global Rules area Choose ACK primitive as the event and Inject RD Error as the action 3 Click the prompt to add another event keep in mind this is not a combined event see Figure 4 30 on page 261 260 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy 4 TAG ACK Inject Error gt x Scenario is valid Status Wok saved Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error 3 Description Wait for ACK inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for ACK from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Inject Bunning Disparity Error Click here to add another actions Click here to add anot
89. 205 3 10 F lOALING ICONS ra aaa e aa eaaa 207 3 17 External TNO SO IN O csi ol ironia roto eiii 208 3 19 VOCAL DEVIC a 208 3 19 User Defined Decoding lt a ida 210 320 O 211 320 1 Tell Teledyne LeCrO Viana 211 320 2 Help TOPICS id 211 3 20 3 VSE HEID TOPICS rina E E a A AEEA 211 320 4 Update ICONS A E 211 3 20 95 Display License Informator iaa E aa Eaa AA ARI 212 320 0 Check f r Us E E 213 SLOT ADOUR E E E aE 213 32 DOCU MENU caos 213 Be ei OM TES ra E E O E A 213 S212 O o CHECK crnina E E A rani wicceesiee eae ie enmesnees 214 321 2 Memory GHOCK APA o O A 215 3214A DEI CCS A a 216 3 210 CFOSSDOINE CROCK aa 217 3 210 Main FPGA CHECK SATA ON uta asar da 218 32 Fee EXPANSION SONO oa 219 3 21 0 LED BUZZOr CHECK isc 220 A O A A TNA 221 3 23 POWOr Source Controla 223 Chapter 4 INFUSION Overview in 225 BSA IR OV ir ALI O Suoni ame ninesseaedanuanensuievatanmecuvonmcbuue idedadatieiociecks 226 BZ WLC Hacia A 227 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 5 Teledyne LeCroy Contents EL IDO Socio do 227 142 2 WNC US e E A Santa neu esa ccas hasta E pc unt casa anon E 228 4 23 Nal LID A A 228 ARA EMO Ian ai as 229 AL OD OVICE PONS oooO is 230 4 2 6 Using the Device Ports Dialog visir ra 230 4 3 Port Configuration for INFUSION cooccocnconccccccnocononaconanoncnconanonnronanennnrnnnrnnnrenaronarrnnnrnnnnnnans 231 4A INFUSION ScConarlOS ninia 232 BUG 1 OCCNANIOS OVE MI Win 232 44 2 OCCN AIO LIDLarieS
90. 27 ATAPI Pattern dialog 72 ATAPI Report 128 ATAPI spec assignment 199 Auto Run 13 88 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index B Based on Cell Type 203 Based on Port No 203 Based on Read Write Command Type 203 205 Based on Specific Command Type 203 205 batch command editing 277 batch script 275 Batch Script Setting 228 Beep statement 283 BIST FIS 60 bookmarks 155 finding 157 Break Link Recovery 226 Browse Default Path 199 buffer full 187 bus condition report 126 Bus Conditions dialog 68 Bus Utilization buttons 146 Bus Utilization View 145 buttons bus utilization 146 Buzzer check 220 Byte Order 184 Bytes in Column 193 C Cancel button kills upload immediately 201 Capture parameter 48 pre and post trigger 49 Capture tab 35 Capture tab for Pattern 47 cascading 14 CATC Script Language 150 CATC Technical Support 291 cell address 105 Check for Updates 213 Choose Port Speed 91 293 Teledyne LeCroy Index Click here to add another script command 276 Click here to add script command 276 Clock check 214 Close previous sample file when new sample file opens 201 Collapse All 185 186 Collapse Log button 150 color 193 Color customize operation code field 114 column hiding 142 rearrange 119 resize 119 column content filtering 140 sorting 142 Column View 26 column view 118 Columns in Row 193 Combined Event 234 Command Parameters dialog 276 Command
91. 4 50060560000003C4 STP Register Host to Device 301 Figure 3 37 SAS SAS Address Report Lanes Report SAS To display the Lanes Report click the Lanes tab The Lanes Report displays the report data in columns with the following information Port Open Accept All Custom or a number Open Reject All Custom or a number AIP Waiting on Con Break SCSI Command All Custom or a number ATA Command All Custom or a number SMP Command All Custom or a number Out Standing Command All Custom or a number Transfer Bytes All Custom or a number Link Utilization time Link Utilization O OODODDODOODOOoUOoUOo Rossessesocessesos Port Open ccept Open Reject AIP Waiting on Con Break SCSI Command ATA Command SMP Command Out Standing Cmd Transfer Bytes Link Utilization Link Utilizal ae al iw Al w a vf al iw a Aa E a g 11 9 0 0 0 6 0 0 1 0 4 293 334 us 0 03 Le 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 172 5 360 000 us 0 03 12 776 102 0 0 700 300 25 2 661504 4 552 893 ms 29 1 Figure 3 38 SAS Lanes Report Read Write Command Report SAS 132 To display the Read Write Command Report click the Read Write Command tab You can enable or disable creation of this page under Preferences see Preferences on page 198 The Read Write Command report displays the report data in columns with the following information see Figure 3 39 on page 133 Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Protocol Type OpCode Com
92. 6 26 Start Recording in dl eters 37 26 AUG i JAME A 39 2 1 GIoSS gt oyic Control Panel scale lic 39 2 7 1 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel ccscceeseeeseeceseceneceneeeneecensceneecneecensoeseeoneseneeseesesensoenesons 39 2 0 SAVE WOFKSPACO nuda 40 29 Saving a trace Caplio iris 40 EW EXPO IN ria 41 2 9 2 Export Read Write Command Report ocoonconccocccocconccocconnconnconccnncnnncnnnonnnnnnrnnrrnnrnnnrnnrrnnrnnnrnnrrnnrnnrnnnrrnrenanos 43 2 9 3 Export Paired SAS Address Ri 43 2 9 4 Trace Prop rtieS cn a a e i a a aa 44 29 9 Edt COMME diia rro 44 Z10 Projecte 44 Z 10 1 Project File TY DCS cnc aiii 44 210 2 Example Projets vicio cirio ri ile t cialis 45 2 10 3 Run an Example Analysis Project iii aii 45 2 11 Patterns and Data Capture Setup cintas ana 47 2 11 1 Choose a ParaMeter rasa 48 2112 Exclude Patterns iaa iaa 48 2 11 3 Pre and Post rigger Data Capture aii A a ta 49 2 114 Denning Patterns ini A Acacia 50 211 9 Data RAN E E da 51 212 PEOLO GON ETS a a adeecte en ace eeetetiesetsheatea aie 51 219 Tigger SOW rss dress 62 ZAS Snapshot MOGE iaa 63 2 13 2 Manual Trigger MOOG ainia eau cd ecaatetietinacdvadvaaatduauieeks 63 2 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy 2 13 39 ANY Trigger in Pattern MOOG acaricia 63 2 13 4 CHOOSING a Parameter iivccecectescdinicacsc sico 66 213 3 LEIQGGETING On a IM A AN AA ARA OA tered 66 ZO IMC Uan oa 66 2 9321 SIP Frame Palo Maia te cavii
93. 6 Using a Captured DWORD in a SAS Data Pattern Captured data DWORDs may also be used in the Substitute Data DWORD test state action From the Action Properties screen choose Substitute Data DWORD and then select the Substitute for property A drop down menu is provided see below that allows the choice of a custom DWORD or any of the four captured DWORD registers 21011 Type Properties Type Acton Capture Data Dword Description l Inject Random No E Link Every Mth occurence 1 e Monitor fount Monitor Count Hot monitored Remove Custom Dword i Stop Scenario Pattern Field Hame Custom Dword E Substitute Pattern Field Value Captured Dword 0 Data Dword Pattern Field Mask Captured D word 1 Captured D word 2 with SAS primitive AER SATA primitive Trigger Output Recalculate CAC Captured Dword 3 Substitute For x re 250 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Summary of Scenario Creation Teledyne LeCroy 4 7 Figure 4 17 Using a Captured Data DWORD in Substitute DWORD Test Action Summary of Scenario Creation The suggested process of creating and executing a scenario is as follows 1 Create a scenario in the main library 2 Copy the scenario from main library to a device library by drag and drop with a mouse Each device library is associated with a specific InFusion device 3 Download all scenarios in the device library to a InFusion device Select the scenario in the d
94. 6 B2 C3 9F F7 A4 95 D8 C4 C2 Random 112 CD F8 DO ES E9 D7 94 AE 99 96 B3 AE D4 SE 83 8D Patten 128 8E 98 F9 ED 81 DS AA 93 A6 88 80 CB OF OF E7 8A 144 AC CB CD F4 E6 SF B4 E6 E2 D2 BO ED C9 9D AA B3 Peri 160 DO 8 AO F3 D6 C1 83 EA C7 80 BB EC 8B 92 AS OF BC rr AO 94 BB B4 9B 87 81 EB EA AS 9D FO Fi Walking Bit o ame EN ce NDNA CA DA OF A CE oP EN A OFA AA gt Cc C Save Load Figure 2 80 Default Data Block Dialog Box Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Data Block Teledyne LeCroy To add another data block 1 Click the New button in the Data Block dialog box a C Program Files CATALYST SAS SystemiDataBlock DataBlock dat Number of Data Cells 16 Column y Cell Length 1 Byte y LSB C MSB Binary Hex Ascii Data Block E ao pa N w gt uw o O Jl a _ o ma C ma N pa ow po gt e un ttle Ut Random Data Pattern Counter Data Walking Bit Data DataBlock15 elete Random Pattern Walking Bit Figure 2 81 New Data Block Dialog Box 2 Choose the number of data columns up to 16 data cells row and the cell length up to 16 bytes cell This is a display function only 3 Click either the Bin Hex or Ascii option button to choose a number format 4 Click either the LSB or MSB option button to choose a bit order 2 18 1 Naming a Data Block Each new data block automatically receives a sequential data block number To
95. 87 setting advanced 96 setup 62 snapshot 63 trigger on any ATA command 71 Trigger tab 62 triggering on timer sequential 84 order 85 Tx Vout 196 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Tx Vout amp Preemphasis command 197 U unpacking 11 Update License 211 Update Sierra Device 228 Update Sierra Device command 208 Upload Manager dialog 88 user defined decoding 210 User Defined Decoding dialog 210 User Path 198 using the cursors 189 V Value Replacement 226 VENDOR FIS 62 Verification script command 150 Verification Script Engine Reference Manual 150 View Field option 180 View menu InFusion 228 View Type toolbar 120 Viewer 109 Viewer Setting toolbar 177 Viewer Settings 193 views 26 Visible box 192 W WaitForStop statement 281 walking bit pattern 106 Waveform Display 27 waveform display 121 web site 291 Website CATC 291 Windows default 199 Wrap Packet box 193 wrap packets in results display 177 Z Zoom In results display 154 Zoom Out results display 154 299 Teledyne LeCroy Index 300 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual
96. 9 Address The cell address starts at O for the first data entry and automatically increments to the Teledyne LeCroy next available address You can set it to a previously defined address to modify its content or insert additional data Insert Overwrite Data To define whether to overwrite data in a previously defined cell or insert new data after that cell toggle the Insert Overwrite button Save When you have completed a data block definition click the Save button to save the newly created data block Counter To use a counter as data click the Counter button enter a Starting Number for the counter and the data address to count to and click OK n C Program Files CATALYST SAS System DataBlock DataBlock dat Number of Data Cells 16 Column y Cell Length 1 Byte y LSB C MSB C Binary Hex C Ascii Data Block Data re wy Random Dat Address a Address C Append Insert Overwrite Address ls Repeat fi times New E Delete Delete All fusta Pattern Counter Data Walking Bit Data Custom 1 Incremental Decremental A Initial Number fis Pattern E ts Walking Bit Figure 2 85 Set Counter as Data Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 105 Teledyne LeCroy Counter 2 19 1 Random Data Pattern To use a random data pattern click the Random button enter the number of times to repeat the pattern and click OK Random Data P
97. 9 External Manual Trigger Dialog Bus Condition Double click Bus Condition in the Pattern window to open the Bus Conditions dialog Bus Conditions E E xj Conditions ae Electrical Idle x Electrical Burst Cancel COMINIT COMRESET M COMWAKE M COMSAS Uncheck all wi Fe Pa FI Gi fr He F T4 Check All Uncheck All Court Expected number of occurences on each link li Figure 2 40 SAS Bus Conditions Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog separates the COMINIT and COMRESET check boxes and replaces COMWAKE with Host COMWAKE and COMSAS with Device COMWAKE Check Conditions on which to trigger then click OK Note You can define triggering for specific ports by checking or unchecking Port IDs 68 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup Teledyne LeCroy Symbol Double click Symbol in the Pattern window to open the Symbol dialog f E Symbol k28 3 Cancel D Symbol E Mi Pre Fr Fi MT t EA T4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link i Figure 2 41 Symbol Dialog Choose a symbol type by checking either the K Symbol or D Symbol option then click the down arrow in the Symbol dropdown list choose a symbol to trigger on and click OK Note that the D Symbol choice does not have a down arrow QO To choose a D symbol click the D symbol option button and enter a Hex value Primitive Double click Primitive in the
98. AITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL Any ALIGN ALIGN O ALIGN 1 ALIGN 2 ALIGN 3 Any BREAK BEREAK BREAK REPLY BROADCAST CHANGE BROADCAST SES Figure 2 43 SAS Primitive Selection Choices SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different choices Primitive Traffic Soeed Option SATA only You can change the speed for triggering as well as search by speed for Primitives y JK Frimitive CONT y NOT Cancel Traffic Speed Y 1 5 Gbps fv 3 0 Gbps fv 6 0 Gbps a e HI e He e H3 Ha e D1 Y D2 Y D3 Y Da Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link f Figure 2 44 Primitive Dialog 70 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup Teledyne LeCroy ATA Command ATA Command Pattern Command Command Format a PEA Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter Command Any Command Features Sector Number Cylinder Lowy Cylinder High DEV Head Sector Num exp Cylinder Low exp Cylinder Highle p EE EEE 32 2 Features exp Wi oe He Ft Ti PT Fo 13 FT Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 45 SAS FIS Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different dropdown options Choose a Command from the drop down list and click OK ATA Command 3 x Format HER Hexadecimal Cancel is Show Reserved and Obsolete
99. AS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Operating in Simulation Mode Teledyne LeCroy sas Setup Session Analysis Mavigation View Window Help New SAS Protocol Analyzer x gt Open SAS Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulator El Close SAS Performance Analyzer SAS Performance Analyzer Initiator Emulator F Launch lammer i SAS Target Emulator ap Launch Trainer Launch Crosssync Control Panel SATA Protocol Analyzer a SATA Protocol Analyzer Host Emulator eee SATA Performance Analyzer mj Save Ctrl SATA Performance Analyzer Host Emulator Save s SATA Device Emulator Figure 1 16 File Menu To switch between protocols click Window and the select the trace or application to use Depending on the protocol in use the relevant functions and menu options are available and the others are greyed out see Figure 1 17 on page 23 da File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Help i mj 4p Trainer Y Jammer 4 Cascade Tile Horizontal Tile Vertical Arrange Icons Close All 1 NCQ and Non NCO on two Ports sts e 2 Enclosure Service scs 3 SASProtocolAnalyzerl 4 SATAProtocolAnalyzer2 5 5A5ProtocolAnalyzers 6 Simulation scs SATA Two Sides of Expander scs Figure 1 17 Window Dialog 1 10 2 Getting Started with the Protocol Analyzer To use the software for protocol analysis first select File gt New gt SAS Protocol Analyzer File gt New gt SATA Protocol Analyzer for a new SATA project for a new project or
100. ATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy save setup 160 type 160 filter enable 169 filter idle 153 170 filtering 158 direction 160 filtering column content 140 Filtering menu 158 Find Device 221 223 Find Device button 222 FIS Pattern dialog 76 FIS Patterns dialog 53 FIS Report 134 FIS Type dialog 56 81 FIS types 57 Fit to Graph Area 146 Floating License dialog 207 Force Add Connect Attempt 19 Found Device List Mode 199 FPGA 1 or 2 Serdes Chip 216 Frame Inspector View 120 frames hide 143 From Initiator 238 From Target 238 G general report 125 Gigabit Ethernet interface 16 Global Rules 235 examples 251 Go to ATA SCSI Cmd 146 Go To button 153 Go To Timestamp dialog 155 Goto Command 183 Goto Label statement 279 Goto Response 183 Goto Within Packet command 183 grouping by port 89 H hardware run 37 hardware setup 13 Help Topics 211 Hide All Primitives 154 Hide RRDY Primitives 153 Hide Unassociated Traffic 154 Histogram View 27 histogram view 143 295 Teledyne LeCroy Index IfisStopped statement 278 InFusion 225 Infusion 30 InFusion scenarios 232 Install component selection 13 Installation CD ROM 11 Inter FPGA Connection 218 IP Settings 19 J Jammer 231 Jump to Next button 140 Jump to Previous button 140 Jump to Specific button 140 K K Codes 242 key sequences 101 L lanes report 132 launching 22 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel 39 LED check 220 lib
101. Action Properties dialog box appears 7 Use it to choose Inject RD Error as the action triggered by RRDY Reserved 0 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 4 RDDY Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 box Scenario is valid Scenario Name BODY Normal BODY Peserved 0 Test 1 gt Description Peplace BODY Normal vsERROR If BODY Reserved 0j Inject PD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator LT Global Fules Wait for BRADY NORMAL from Initiator then Substitute with ERROR Wait for BRDY RESERVED 07 from Initiator then Inject Bunning Disparity Error 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 27 Example 4 Complete Scenario 9 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario 258 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy Example 5 Multiple Actions on a Single Event In this example an event triggers a set of actions The actions occur at the same time The device waits for an ACK from the initiator When it occurs the device beeps injects an RD error and increments a counter monitoring for that event ACK from initiator 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples configure the first event and its response in the Global Rules area Choose ACK pr
102. Analyzer malfunctioned Floating License Note License Manager is only available when in Cascading mode To manage the license select Setup gt License Manager The Floating License dialog displays the available functionality by Function Total Ports Assigned To ports and Not Used It also displays the Current License Configuration by License Type Serial Number Analyzer and InFusion Floating License k l i x Available Functionality by Setup and Licensed Features Function A Analyzer 0 T T Device Emulator o o o fica Host Emulator o o o MM Infusion o o 0 Current License Configuration Type Serial Num Analyzer Device Emulator Host Emulator Infusion Simulation SM 00 fA EA A x Default Licenses S Figure 3 130 Floating License Dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 207 Teledyne LeCroy External Trig Setting 3 17 External Trig Setting The External Trig Setting dialog displays the External Trig Out Setting and External Trig In Setting as High Active Low Active or Toggle External Trig Setting h i x External Trig In Type High Active External Trig Cut Setting Type High Active I Low Active Toggle External Trig uk pulse width 1 x 66 ns C Low Active Toggle nel Figure 3 131 External Trigger Setting Dialog To display the External Trig Setting dialog select Setup gt External Trig Setting External Trig Out S
103. Based On System Time W Same color for start time and port Headers Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format Lecroy Format Save Load Factory Setting Fort ox Cancel Figure 3 126 Preferences trace Viewer Configuration Dialog Select a view in the left pane and set the trace viewer display options in the right pane Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Teledyne LeCroy 3 15 4 Spread Sheet View Tab Tormesa Spread Sheet View Facket View Color Setting Repeat decoded command in frame column 9 Based on Cell Type Decode CDB of Commands E Based on Port No o ae o ra P Based on Red e Comma Type E Show Sector Count instead of XFER Length Based on Specific Command Type A Anchor the Selection bar Set the Anchor row as sync point Figure 3 127 Preferences Dialog Spread Sheet View Tab The SAS Preferences dialog has the same options except that it does not have Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length Color Setting Based on Cell Type Each column has its own color Based on Port No Data of each row are shown based on the specified color for its port You can set the color of ports in the Viewer settings Based on Read Write Command Type You can specify a color for Read commands another color for Write commands and other color for other commands The software shows each row based on the command type Read Write or others
104. Based on Command Layer 5 Based on Specific Command Type Figure 3 129 Preferences Dialog Packet View Tab Based on Command Layer You can specify a color for the Command Layer The software shows each row based on the command layer Based on Specific Command Type You can specify a color for each command The software applies the setting on the Command column Sampling Memory Usage Optimization The Preferences dialog has a Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option This Memory Assignment MA feature optimizes sampling memory utilization If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Checked The system tries to use empty space in all memory banks to prevent any memory bank from filling completely Each physical link is not necessarily assigned to a specific memory bank The system can capture more sample data than if the MA option is unchecked and sample file size is closer to the user defined Sampling Memory Size Memory Assignment efficiency varies with Port Configuration and Trigger Position a FPGA The Memory Assignment feature works for a pair of ports connected to one FPGA for example ports 1 and 2 or ports 3 and 4 Memory Assignment does not work for two ports connected to different FPGAs for example ports 1 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 205 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences and 3 a Triggering Memory Assignment only starts after the trigger point During pre trigger each physical
105. Connector Device SATA Connector LED Indicators for Host and Device Trig trigger blue m Error error red m Link link orange Spd speed level yellow Speed Host Device 1 5G Off Off 3 0G On Off 6 0G On On Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 11 Teledyne LeCroy Analyzer Features Fr OOB OOB Out of Bound or Frames traffic green Before the link illuminates during the OOB sequence After the link indicates traffic on the bus SAS SATA 6Gbps m Device Power Status Figure 1 2 Front Panel 1 5 2 Rear Panel From left to right the Analyzer has the following on the back a USB Port for host connectivity External Trigger IN OUT and Sync Expansion Port Gigabit Ethernet Port for network connectivity DC Power Power Switch 0 1 OCDOOO 0000000000 000000000000 Figure 1 3 Rear Panel WARNING Do not open the enclosure No operator serviceable parts are inside 1 5 3 Temperature and Humidity The hardware should operate flawlessly in the following temperature ranges a Operating 0 C to 55 C 32 F to 131 F a Non Operating 20 C to 80 C 4 F to 176 F The hardware should operate in the following humidity range a 10 to 90 RH non condensing 12 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Installing Your Analyzer Teledyne LeCroy 1 6 Installing Your Analyzer 1 6 1 Software Installation The SAS SATA software works on systems
106. D 695 826 660 16 us 1333 22 97 Register Device to Host 0 D gt H 761 133 361 82 us 1332 22 96 Set Device Bits 0 D gt H 487 066 680 91 us 706 12 17 DMA Activate 0 D gt H 214 080 001 83 us 415 7 15 DMA Setup 0 D gt H 574 346 679 69 us 706 12 17 PIO Setup 0 D gt H 8 426 667 21 us 5 0 09 Data 0 H gt D 2 350 293 40 ms 415 7 15 Data 0 D gt H 50 023 921 97 ms 890 15 34 0 05511509 5802 100 00 Figure 3 42 SATA FIS Report Queue Command Report SATA a To display the Queue Command Report click the Queue Command tab The Queue Command Report displays information in the following columns a Command All Custom Read DMA Queued a PM Port a Status All Custom Normal Output QO Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs a Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom QO Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count E Er amp LQ wy tt JL gt of 1 Inquiry ATAPI Command N Move x Cursor y General Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Performance Others Command Direction Number of FIS Payload Size Status Duration Count Yo ar wf al fef A y al 5 Al j al a Mode Sense10 H gt D 1 0 Check Condition 37 733 333 59 us 2 40 00 a Request Sense gt D 3 66 213 333 13 us 2 40 00 Inquiry gt D 36 Goni 47 439 998 63 us E A ee 0 00017139 5 100 00 Figure 3 43 SATA Queue Command Report PM Statistic Report SATA To display the PM Stat
107. EOF HOLD HOLDA R_IP R_OK R_RDY SOF SYNC WTRM X_RDY ALIGN FOR SAS SATA_CONT SATA_EOF SATA_R_IP SATA_R_OK SATA_R_RDY SATA_ SOF SATA_SYNC SATA_WTRM SATA_X_RDY ACK EOF SOF EOAF SOAF AIP_WAITING_ON_DEVICE AIP_NORMAL DONE_NORMAL READY_NORMAL CLOSE _ NORMAL OPEN_ACCEPT ALIGNO ALIGN1 NOTIFY_ENABLE_SPINUP a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count i S a O t i Mo General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Primitive Direction CONT H gt D 1748 2 99 CONT D gt H 4054 6 95 EOF H gt D 1748 2 99 EOF D gt H 4054 6 95 HOLD H gt D 415 0 71 HOLD D gt H 887 1 52 HOLDA H gt D 415 0 71 Figure 3 25 Primitive Report Bus Condition Report To display the Bus Condition Report see Figure 3 26 on page 127 click the Bus Condition tab The Bus Condition Report displays information in the following columns a Bus Condition All Custom Activity On COMININT COMRESET COMSAS COM WAKE Keep Alive Activity a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count 126 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy lt i 1 Mc usa General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read write Command Performance Others Bu
108. Figure 1 19 Setup Menu Option 1 11 3 Session The Session menu has the following options QO Start Capture Record Start capture or record a trace Pause Capture Record Aborts the capture without saving QO Stop Capture Record Stops the hardware Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 25 Teledyne LeCroy Menu Options and Toolbars 26 1 11 4 Analysis The Analysis menu allows you to view captured data see Figure 1 20 on page 26 and see Figure 1 20 on page 26 Menu items and toolbar options are enabled or disabled and displayed or hidden based on the type of window open The following types of windows can be displayed a a No active window Project file open a Trace file open MHS LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite Enclosure Service scs En Setup Session Analysis Navigation Mew Window H BE O liane OP decodng assmnenis Y fit i Pate it Spread Sheet View E Column View E Text View S Felsen TL Wave Form Wew 1 Statistical Report i Histogram EL Bus atin E Data Report ii Compare 2 Date Payinads SAS Verification FE ie Figure 1 20 SAS SATA Analysis Menu Viewing Captured Data Captured data can be displayed in several views Select Analysis from the drop down menu to access the different views see Analysis on page 112 You can display the same data in a 0 DODO Packet View Displays packets Spreadsheet View Displays Packet View fields by time Column
109. File gt Open an existing protocol analysis file sac for a SAS file or stc for a SATA file see Protocol Analysis on page 33 You can also open a scs SAS Sample file or sts SATA Sample file Example files are in the Examples folder On the Capture tab select to capture Everything or Pattern For Pattern select a Pattern You can exclude patterns and frames You can use different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 23 Teledyne LeCroy Menu Options and Toolbars 24 1 11 1 11 1 On the Trigger tab select the trigger type For Pattern select the pattern On the Settings tab select trigger position and memory use Change the Analyzer settings if necessary Change the port Speed if necessary Use Advanced Mode only after you become familiar with the hardware and software and have special needs Menu Options and Toolbars This section lists all the SAS SATA Protocol Suite application menu options and the toolbars File The File menu options allows you to perform common tasks such as open close save export print send files and exit the application see Figure 1 18 on page 24 El File Setup Session Analysis Wavigation Vie Mer d W Open Close Be all kli Launch Jammer ap Launch Trainer Launch Crosssync Control Panel Save WorkSpace Save Chrl s Save AS Export d Trace Properties Edit Comment Print Ctrl F
110. Format MW Same color for start time and port Save Load Factory Setting Font Oow Cancel Figure 3 116 Trace Viewer Configuration Teledyne LeCroy Display Configuration 192 Field Setting To view a packet field select a field from the packet field tree and check the Visible box Uncheck it to hide the field To change the data format of a packet field select the field and choose a data format from the Format drop down list Trace Viewer Configuration E ATA Com Fields Protocol Normal Output Error Output Features Logical sectors per logi SectorCount SectorOffset Eror LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High LEA Native Max Address Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Head Number Command ReoNum Reserved PortNurm Number of sectors to bi na obs F Field Setting Format Hexadecimal e Wisible Byte Order Fight Align Field Header Setting C Name Abbreviation Foreground Data Payload Columns in Aow fig Column Bytes in Column fi Byte Input Viewer Setting e Wrap Packet e Enable Tooltip Time Stamp Origin Absolute Trigger User Define Based On System Time W Same color for start time and port Headers Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format Lecray Format Save Load Factory Setting Font ox Cancel Figure 3 117 ATA C
111. From the event selection dropdown list click the From down arrow to choose the 1st event then enter the number of its occurrence Next click the To down arrow to choose the 2nd event then enter the number of its occurrence From Link y No fi To Link v Nofi Link FIS ATA Cmd Cancel Phy Reset Figure 3 23 SATA Report between Events Click OK The resulting report are limited to the capture between the defined events SAS vs SATA SAS adds Transport SCSI Cmd SMP Cmd and Task Mng to the drop down list and deletes FIS and Phy Reset Statistical Report Content SAS A complete SAS statistical report consists of the following reports accessed by clicking the corresponding tab in the dialog General Bus Condition Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Read Write Command Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others O O CDOCODODDODDOCDODO oDOoOoOO CU 124 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy SATA A complete SATA statistical report consists of the following reports accessed by clicking the corresponding tab in the dialog O O OCODODODODDO OO General Bus Condition Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Read Write Command Protocol Error Performance Others PM Statistic PM Performance Note Results are displayed only for items that have been captured in the sample
112. IFY SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has patterns Bus Condition Primitive FIS FIS Pattern Data Pattern and Protocol Errors and does not have STP Frame SMP Frame STP Frame or Address Frame Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual JE Delete State Teledyne LeCroy Advanced Mode User Defined Advance Mode Settings Notes State 0 S0 Start eas a Capture Everything Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out GoTo It Primitive ACK sums O n Active Nodump ES add Ot ont w1 O Nochange NoJump E Nochange NoJump A Nochange NoJump A Address Frame Open then Go To State 1 State 1 51 Else If Capture Everything i Exclude Items idle Notify Primitive OPEN ACCEPT then Go To Stat Capture Everything V Exclude Idle l Exclude Xxx Nothing Exclude OOB Signal l Exclude RADY Zahn Evan C Pattern Exclude ALIGN M Exclude NOTIFY T Exclude SATA_CONT l Exclude SATA_SYNC Exclude Items Idle Notify metal SSP Frame Command then Go To State 3 State 2 S2 Exclude Payload except State 3 S3 Capture Everything _ cen AU A O Exclude ems Idle Notif Primitive ACK then Trig Ext Out Ac FS Add State J Delete State Figure 2 72 SAS Advanced Trigger with Multiple Branches 2 16 2 State Number for Complex Trigger Sequences To follow the path of
113. Initiator then Beep 500 ms a and Branch to Wait for Aliqnd Ns li gt File Libr File Libr For Help press Fl Figure 4 42 Example 9 Bottom Half of Scenario Downloading Scenarios After you have created a scenario you need to download it to the InFusion device for execution If you use a general library as a scenario archive then the process of creating and downloading a scenario is as follows 1 Open the general library Main library or a File library Scenarios in the library are listed in the Main Library window Open the Device Library window by clicking the Show Device Library button on application toolbar Open the Device Library for the device to which you want to download a scenario or scenarios You can open the device library in two ways by clicking the Device Library icon in the device list window or by double clicking the device name Copy the scenario from general library to device library by dragging it with the mouse Download all scenarios in the device library to the InFusion device To do so click the Download all Scenarios button on the Device Library toolbar second button from left Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Running Scenarios Teledyne LeCroy 4 11 Running Scenarios If you use a general library as a scenario archive then the process of executing a scenario is as follows 1 Select the scenario to run by clicking it 2 To run
114. Italic En Artistik AvantGarde Bk BT 14 Tr AvantGarde Md BT y 16 y Sample AaBbY yZz Script Westem y Figure 3 119 Font Choose the font font style and size and click OK Save Load Settings 3 12 194 You can save the customized configuration settings in a cfg file by clicking the Save button and completing the Save As procedure To load a previously saved configuration file click Load and choose an appropriate file Set Port Alias Port Alias allows you to assign a meaningful name to each port to assist in interpreting the results displayed in the sample view see Figure 3 120 on page 195 To assign port names in an open sample view select Setup gt Set Port Alias Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS Address Alias SAS only Teledyne LeCroy x New port name Set s Default Cancel Figure 3 120 SAS Assign Port Alias Assign a meaningful name to each port in use and click OK The assigned names replace the port numbers in the sample view If you elect to save the capture sample file the assigned port names are saved together with the result so that when you open the sample file later the assigned names are retained Restore Factory Presets Click the Restore Factory Presets button to restore the settings to the factory settings Set As Default If you want to set these port aliases for sample files that will be captured later you can set them as default and
115. Logical Block Address H 5000C500001047B5 0x28 Read 10 0 Copy Command Group Number H Transfer Length D Control H CDB Padding H gt gt Payload Data 2048 Bytes Set Time Stamp Origin gt LUN H 4 Ot Of 00 0 gt gt 0 1 Right click on any command field in the trace Select Color of option to set the color for the selected operation code field Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help x E O Trainer Y same Record m n Bs ea PBR OBR Aa Oe HRS Fy Soe iil te JO MFTO 8 8 198 88 se PY Source Address H Destination Address H Operation Code FUA_NV H FUA H DPO H RDPROTECT H Logical Block Address H 5000C500001047B5 0x28 Read 10 0 0 0 0 0426290D LUN H Task Attribute Status CDB Padding H gt gt Payload Data 2048 Bytes Tag H 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0152 Operation Code FUA H DPO H WRPROTECT H Logical Block Address H En Source Address H Destination Address H FUA_NV H Task Attribute Tag H Status LUN H 000000000000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 JO 00 00 00 00 gt gt G 0x0 Simple 0155 Preferences General Trace Viewer Spread Sheet View Column View Logical Block Address H DPO H M RECIEN IEA Task Attribute Tag H
116. M6 1 InFusion models perform as a stand alone 1 5 3 or 6 Gb s version allowing engineers to verify error recovery characteristics of their designs An easy pop up menu interface allows the creation of customized test scenarios in just minutes You can program on the fly modifications to any field within any intercepted and changed to a different user frame as the data moves across the link Any primitive or data pattern can be intercepted and changed to a different user specified pattern Examples include support for changing DWORD values disconnecting links and forcing various error conditions such as an intermittent CRC error or running disparity errors This enables unprecedented corner case testing for SAS and SATA traffic which is especially useful during final test and integration cycles The Sierra M6 1 Analyzer software has an intuitive GUI combining easy setup with flexible data analysis displays The application layer view logically assembles frames and primitives that are part of a specific SAS or SATA command You can quickly view the completion status of any command which is especially useful in addressing system level debug challenges 1 2 Features 6 Gb s SAS SATA protocol analysis or error injection Native PHY for fast lock time Easy mode triggering Cascade up to 8 ports Sync with Teledyne LeCroy Sierra and STX family products CrossSync Control Panel Hardware filtering Automatic error detection Comprehensive decodin
117. Manager button beside the Record button to display the Upload Manager dialog see Figure 2 65 on page 89 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analyzer Settings 2 15 2 15 1 2 15 2 Teledyne LeCroy E Preview D ME around segment trigger position O O O O O O O O O O O O 111 CA E 1 gg H Show Traffic Summary Preview Select All Deselect all Figure 2 65 Upload Manager Dialog The dialog displays the segments in the format Segmenti Segment2 and so on Select segments by clicking the checkbox You can also Select All or Deselect All segments You can Upload segments for display Save segments as sample files and Delete segments The Preview radio button allows a preview of an integer number of megabytes around the trigger position You can set the trigger position as a percentage and select the segment number Click the radio button to Show Traffic Summary with the preview To show the preview click the Preview button Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout The Primitive Response Timeout parameter specifies the number of DWORDs between two pair primitives after which the analyzer detects a protocol error Default value is 65000 When host or device sends a primitive such as X_RDY HOLD or WTRM it expects device or host to reply with a primitive such as R_RDY HOLDA or R_OK This parameter detects FIS Signaling Latency error between HOLD and HOLDA and FIS State Tran
118. Menu on page 211 Toolbars The toolbars enable you to perform several actions some of which are listed below a ODO Show or hide fields and ports change port names and change data format Show the layers and channels using their toolbars Decode using the Decode toolbar Search and Filter There are five sets of toolbars see Figure 1 23 on page 30 a a Main Toolbar For details on the Main Toolbar refer to SAS SATA Main Toolbar on page 36 and SATA Main Toolbar on page 36 Record Capture Toolbar For additional information see SAS SATA Main Tool bar on page 36 and SATA Main Toolbar on page 36 Navigation View Toolbar For additional information see Navigation View Toolbar on page 153 Show Analysis Toolbar For additional information see Analysis Toolbar on page 112 Packets View Toolbar For additional information see Packet View Toolbar on page 177 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 29 Teledyne LeCroy Menu Options and Toolbars 30 1 11 10 1 11 11 1 11 12 Record Capture Toolbar A Devic 3 Navigation View Toolbar S APP R eA el che Show Analysis Toolbar Es ABE i p M g Packet View Toolbar copa B e e Figure 1 23 SAS SATA Protocol Suite Toolbars Port Status You can display an overview of the active ports by clicking the buttons at the bottom right of the main window See Port Status
119. NUM TELEDYNE LECROY Everywhereyoulook gt Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual EC Sierra Me 7 SAS SATA 6Gbps For software version 5 70 September 2014 Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group Trademarks and Servicemarks Teledyne LeCroy Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group CATC SAS SATA Protocol Suite SASTracer SATracer SAS Trainer SATrainer SASTracker and Avalanche are trademarks of Teledyne LeCroy Microsoft Windows Windows 2000 and Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Inc Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All other trademarks and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE ALL INFORMATION EXAMPLES AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE REPRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED USERS ARE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN INFORMATION THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY CONTACT TELEDYNE LECROY FOR A COPY 2012 Teledyne LeCroy Inc All rights reserved This document may be printed and reproduced without
120. No items match your search Recent Places Desktop Libraries A a Computer GE z Network File name New csv Save as type Excel File csw Cancel Esport whole payload more than 32KB Save s Range All Packets From T Cursor A To T Cursor X Figure 2 9 Export Paired SAS Address Report Dialog O Check the box Export the whole payload more than 32KB to export the whole payload more than 32KB a You can limit the data range of the saved file You can save m All Packets m Range between selected cursors Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 43 Teledyne LeCroy Projects 44 2 9 4 You can view expanded traffic particularly during discovery in a spreadsheet format You can use column headers with SAS Address Pairs For example instead of 11 T1 12 T2 and so on the columns are Source Destination SAS Address pairs such as S1 SEP or S2 EXP 0 Trace Properties Select File gt Trace Properties to see the properties of the trace For more information refer to Trace Properties on page 111 2 9 5 2 10 2 10 1 Edit Comment You can write comments and edit them for a trace for future use Select File gt Edit Comment to view the edit window Key in the comments and close the window Projects You can define a new project starting with the default project definition or modify the settings for the last project run New Default Projec
121. Num 146 Figure 3 63 SAS Data Report Click the Down Arrow in a data field to display Data Report details see Figure 3 64 on page 147 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy mee Port ENS Command Direction Data 2048 Skida Duration a 36 054 973 M 0x01 In 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 207 920 ms PEE MR Source Address H Destination Address H Command Direction Data 2048 Bytes as 50000500001 04765 0x00 Out 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt gt Duration 7 666 us x to Y 136 880 293 ms x to T 136 880 293 ms Y toT 0 ns For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 3 64 SAS Data Report Details Click the Statistics button Statistics at the end of a row to display data report Mi Data Report Statistics k x Command Humber Duration From LBA H To LBA H Read DMA Ext 2 73 440 us pete Deora 4530ce9 4530ced Figure 3 65 SAS Data Report Statistics Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 147 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Data Payload View To display the Data Payload View double click a data payload field in a Packet or Spreadsheet view or right click a data payload field and select Open as Data View Data Payload Layer FIS Facket Mo 258 oo 0000 oo 0010 oo d z oo 0030 oo 0040 oo 050 oo 0060
122. Obsolete J Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter Yalue Parameter Value FIS Type 0x27 Register Hostto Device FIS Type Ox2 Register Hostto Device PM Port x PM Port x C C Command xx Command AX Features xx Features AX LBA Low xx LBA Low AX LBA Mid xx LBA Mid AX LBA High xx LBA High AX Device xx Device AX LBA Low exp xx LBA Low exp AX LBA Mid exp xx LBA Mid exp AX LBA High exp AX LBA High exp AX Features exp AX Features exp AX Sector Count xx Sertar nunt XX Jv i v l2 v 13 Jv 14 v i Jv l2 lv 13 Jv 14 v TI Jv T2 Jv T3 Jv T4 v TI Jv T2 Jv T3 v Ta Check All Uncheck All Check All Uncheck All Count Count Expected number of occurrences on each link Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Count field disabled Count field enabled Figure 2 36 Count Field Dialog The SATA Parameters window displays the following trigger pattern categories Timer Timeout External Manual Trigger Device Sleep Bus Condition Symbol Primitive FIS FIS Pattern ATA Command ATA Command Pattern ATAPI Soft Reset Data Pattern Protocol Errors O DOOCODODODODDO oO Doo o Note In packet view you can right click on any frame select Add to Trigger and add the pattern to DataPatternCapture to make it a trigger pattern Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 65 Teledyne LeCroy Trigger Setup 66 2 13 4 2 13 5 2 13 6 Choosing a Parameter Either highlight t
123. P Frame 56 SSP Frame Pattern dialog 56 SSP Frame Type dialog 79 SSP Transport Report 129 State 234 statements 278 Statistical report column setting 138 content SATA 124 125 options 125 save as text 137 Statistical Report toolbar 137 Statistical Report View 140 Statistical reports 27 Statistics button 147 Status bar 189 Stop Batch Script 227 Stop Hardware button 63 Stop statement 281 STP Transport report 130 subnet 21 support 291 Switch to CATC Navigation 201 Symbol dialog 69 Sync port 14 Synchronize with Trace View 146 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index T task command report 131 Technical Support 291 telephone number 291 Template Files 198 Test Result 214 Text View 26 text view 119 Tile Views 154 time relative display 38 Time Stamp Origin 158 Timeout Pattern dialog 66 timer setup advanced mode 98 Timer dialog 66 84 timers 260 timing cursors 121 measurement 121 tool bar 188 Toolbar command 188 Tools menu InFusion 228 Trace Capture 40 Trace Memory Status section 87 Traffic Monitoring 226 trigger condition 96 external 68 manually 63 on address frame 77 on ATA command 71 on ATA command pattern 82 on ATAPI 72 on bus condition 68 on data pattern 73 on FIS 81 on pattern 63 on primitive 69 on protocol errors 75 on SCSI Command 80 on SMP Frame 78 on soft reset 83 on SSP Frame 79 on STP frame 76 on symbol 69 on timer 66 position in memory
124. Properties dialog 276 compensate for line loss 197 components 11 conditional statements 278 configuration 190 Configuration menu InFusion 228 Configure Device 228 contact 291 Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm 199 Count Randomly 248 counter as data 105 Counter button 105 Counter Value 248 counters 248 Create statistical report read write page 43 201 Current License Configuration field 207 cursor position status bar 188 cursors locating 154 positioning 189 timing 121 D data pattern 51 show 185 Data FIS 61 data block counter data 105 custom pattern 104 294 defining 102 editing 104 editing as text 107 naming 103 random pattern 106 walking bit 106 Data Block dialog box 102 Data Block Edit menu 103 Data Block Name list 107 data format 184 Data Pattern dialog 51 73 Data Pattern edit box 104 Data Payload View 148 data report 146 Data Report button 146 154 Data View 27 DataPatternCapture 111 Decode CDB of Commands 204 Decode Toolbar 180 Decode toolbar 29 Default Data Block button 102 Default Workspace 199 200 default workspace 199 default infdb file 236 Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures 36 Define Pattern dialog 104 defining patterns 84 Device Identifier dialog 223 device library 237 Device Library window 237 274 Device Setup dialog 208 DHCP server 16 Disconnect 18 disparity indication 180
125. R DATA TRIGGERING EVENT ALL SPECIFIED ALL SPECIFIED POST TRIGGER DATA POST TRIGGER DATA Figure 2 63 Pre Trigger Example 20 Pre Trigger Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Project Settings 2 14 2 14 1 Teledyne LeCroy Project Settings To set project options click the Settings tab Trace Memory Status Trigger Position In Memory 7 ty 1 O Entire Memory 1 pa 8 Partial Memory NUN KE Upto 1024 MB O Segmented Memory 1 10000 Trace File Name lt usertpublic idocumentsWecroy sas protoc P E Don t upload trace and open upload manager automatically E Auto Run Mumber of Run 20 Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout 65000 DWORD _ Show XXX E Disable descrambling HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout 295 Pack training sequence ALIGN Transmission Period 2048 for SSP 256 for STP 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Speed O i i WIN TI AutoSpeed 13 T3 AutoSpeed y W I2 T2 AutoSpeed 114 T4 Port Configuration MUX Setting Figure 2 64 SAS Setting Project Options SAS vs SATA For the ALIGN Transmission Period section SATA Dialog shows options 256 and 258 and does not show 2048 or 2049 For Speed SATA Dialog shows H1 D1 to H2 D2 and does not show l1 T1 to 12 T2 SATA Dialog does not show MUX Setting button Memory Settings The Trace Memory Status section has the following fields Trigger Position Pre Trigger memo
126. Related Items OF T Multilevel Filtering Use Pair SAS Addresses he T1 Iw T2 J Filter descending packets from trace highlight bar Reset All Check All Save Load Cancel Figure 3 80 SAS SATA Filter Setup Dialog You can select or deselect each of the items shown in the Filter Options window for filtering by checking or unchecking a corresponding check box Items not in the current sample are in shade See Selectable Filter Options for SAS on page 163 and Selectable Filter Options for SATA on page 168 Note If you select a group that also selects all child items Note Only packets captured at run time are available for selection for filtering Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 159 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Filter Type You can choose to show or hide the Filter Type items by checking the Show or Hide option button Note When capturing PM traces you need the ability to filter the PM primitives so you can find commands quicker Filtering Direction You can select items for filtering in a single direction or both directions by checking the corresponding Port By default all ports are enabled Uncheck the port check boxes for ports not to include in the filter Filter Idle Depending on the Filter Type Hide Show Idle packets in the Sample Viewer are shown or hidden Save Filter Setup After you have set up a Filter configura
127. S Minimum Difference Time FIS Average Difference Time is the difference between two back to back FIS in the same link and is the average FIS Maximum Difference Time O DOCODODDODDODODO oo UoCOo OCDOO O O E En amp a g Jl gt 1 of 1 Code Violation pramen al Move X Cursor General Primitive FIS ATA Command Protocol Eror Performance Others Min Compl Time w Avg Compl Time Max Compl Time Host Bus Utilization Device Bus Utilization Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Byte 363 626 676 47 us 363 626 678 47 us 363 626 676 47 us 6 16 us 13 40 us 29 34 1 512 ASS gt xto Ons X to T Ons Y toT Ons Figure 3 41 SATA Performance Report FIS Report SATA 134 To display the FIS Report click the FIS tab The FIS Report displays information in the following columns see Figure 3 42 on page 135 QO FIS Type All Custom Data PIO Setup Register Host To Device Register Device To Host PM Port Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative Count All Custom or a number of occurrences of total count OCOOCOO O Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy coh a SL Slt 4i 1 Move gt General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others FIS Type PM Port Direction Duration Count Lo All v All All All v Register Host to Device 0 H gt
128. SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 223 Teledyne LeCroy Power Source Control Power Source Control No device is connected ACC EXP 004 X ACC EXP 005 X Figure 3 152 Power Source Control Dialog Note 224 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Overview The Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool that allows you to verify real world fault handling for Serial Attached SCSI SAS and Serial ATA SATA systems InFusion can sit unobtrusively in the data path on a live system to programmatically alter or corrupt traffic InFusion is the ideal tool for stress testing systems using actual workloads HE LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier File View Configuration Tools Help Main Library Device Library SN 12880008 HAS tf Oe 09 40 38 628 000 000 SN 12880008 Device Joined 09 40 48 972 000 000 SN 12880008 Device connected For Help press F1 Version 3 00 Build 12 Jicarliwumllscri 7 Figure 4 1 InFusion Windows InFusion supports SAS SSP SMP STP and SATA based protocols operating across a single SAS or SATA link up to 6 G InFusion monitors traffic from both directions in real time and relies on predefined rules to replace any bit primitive or parameter with one you specify InFusion can change traffic when it detects a specific sequence or reaches a designated time in
129. Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword Speed AutoSpeed 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 258 8 Connection Details Simulation Mode yapture memory settings I Define different pattems for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse All button hides details in Project Tree Expand All button expands collapsed Project Tree Figure 2 2 SATA New Analysis Project Dialog 34 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Project Tree 2 3 2 4 Teledyne LeCroy SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog does not show Exclude RRDY or Exclude NOTIFY SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC Project Tree The Project Tree on the right side of the main window displays a comprehensive tree structured overview of the project The project tree shows the capture configuration trigger setups and the capture memory settings Capture Tab Fields The Capture tab has the following fields Exclude SATA_CONT SAS or Exclude CONT SATA Check this to exclude SATA_CONT primitives from the data capture Exclude SATA_SYNC SAS or Exclude SYNC SATA Check this to exclude SATA_SYNC primitives from the data capture Exclude OOB Signals Check this to exclude OOB signals
130. T UE gt Standard Inquiry Data A Task Attribute Tag tH mE Status LUM CH Relative Time Duration atio Duration 13 n 13 n 1 42 311 544 586 min Figure 3 8 Packet View Metrics The following additional information of the packet is displayed when the Metrics field is expanded Refer to Figure 3 9 on page 116 Trp No Number of Transports The total number of transports that compose this exchange Resp Time Response Time The time taken to transmit this command on the link s from the begining of the first frame in the command to the end of the last frame in the command Pld Bytes Payload Bytes The number of payload bytes this operation transferred Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 115 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Latency Time The time measured from the transmission of the command to the first data transmitted for this lO operation Data Stat Time Data to Status Time The time between the end of data transmission for this command and the Status frame Thrpt MB s Data Throughput The payload divided by response time expressed in MB per second Duration The time taken from the first DWord to the last DWord in a line Contr oe tee Resp Time Pid Bytes Duration s 527 093 ue S66 ne Figure 3 9 Packet View Metrics Expanded Copying Packets from a Trace to a Host Emulator Script This check mark in the illustration below shows
131. T1 M T2 MGood _jCheck Condition Incomplete E Filter Logic f AND Related Items f OR Festal Check All iM Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Save Load Cancel Figure 3 83 Third Level of Multilevel Filtering Filter descending packets from trace highlight bar 3 5 4 Teledyne LeCroy If you check the Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered checkbox the application will only filter onward from the highlighted trace selection bar If you uncheck this option the software only filters the filtered packet For example if this option is checked and any SCSI command is selected all transport and link packets of this command are filtered If you unchecked this option only selected SCSI commands are filtered Selectable Filter Options for SAS The SAS Filter Options are O Bus Condition Primitive Address Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SCSI Commands OOCOCODOO O Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Command Data Pattern Incomplete Frames 163 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Task Management Functions ATA Commands SCSI Command Status see Filter Check Condition on page 165 Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Pair SAS Address Protocol Error STP Port Tag see Filter by Tag Number on page 166 ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous see Filter Misc
132. TA hardware role Role Host or Role Device END_OF FILE definition A pattern generator file must include END_OF_FILE as the last statement in the file Example Pattern Generator File Figure A 1 illustrates a typical Pattern Generator file Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example Pattern Generator File Teledyne LeCroy Po SOT Device Bits Device ES e drena KEULS 25628 dit J K25 3 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 Os POS OSO POP POP pes Pes 314 ds Ekra Kloss 00 50 40 Al EQ 00 00 00 L 0 21 0 21 3 K2Z6 3 24 2 24 2 21 5 K28 3 24 2 24 2 21 3 K28 5 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 ONO ION POSO OOX lod dle LL 4 Kees 3 21 5 21 5 21 4 K28 3 25 4 2354 10 5 428 3 Pes DX POSO POON Role Device Loop Enable Scramble Disable Pa ee Figure A 1 Sample Pattern Generator File spg Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual ENDL LOF FILE f X_RDY A X_RDY J CONT f SOF J EOF A WTRMY Y J WTRM J CONT J SYNC J SYNC J CONT 287 Teledyne LeCroy Example Pattern Generator File 288 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table The following tables are supplied in compliance with China s Restriction of Hazardous Substances China RoHS requirements ASA PLA IA da bd ZiR i ee L E PEDE SCR Pa ed FGA Toe Se La Oe AA paj e
133. To choose another available FIS Type click the down arrow next to the FIS Type list box Choose FIS Type and complete the corresponding dialog FIS Types SAS and SATA If you select STP Frame SAS or FIS Pattern SATA for the Pattern the FIS Pattern window displays see Figure 2 25 on page 58 You can select the FIS Type in this window from among the following types Register Host to Device Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 57 Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Errors 58 STP Frame Type E f Format Binary f Hexadecimal FIS Type Register Host to Device Ox27 Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type One Register Host to Device PM Port C Command Features LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High Device LBA Low esp LBA Mid exp EEE E EJE EJES i Hi FPH Ph T H4 Moi Po Pos Pos Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 25 Register Host to Device Register Device to Host STP Frame Type E xl Format C Binary f Hexadecimal FIS Type Staten Bieta E Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 034 Register Device to Host PM Port Status Error LEA Low LBA Mid LBA High Device LBA Low exp LBA Mid exp E EEE EE E ES MH PH Pa Ph Mobi Pob Fo Fo Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 26 Register Device to Host Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Errors Set Devi
134. a M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Running Disparity indication Sequence Start Time 773 000 ns Figure 3 98 Payload Data Display 3 6 4 Customize Display Rename Port You can rename each port for easy identification To rename a port right click the port ID in Text View or Column View Rename title of port Show Hide Apply width to all columns Software Setting Shift 5 Goto Figure 3 99 Rename Port Choose Rename title of port to open the Rename Title of Port dialog Rename title of port 3 New Title initiator Cancel Figure 3 100 Rename Title of Port Select and Apply Show Hide Port Mode You can simplify the viewer display by hiding the captures of ports All active ports are highlighted on the Show Hide Ports toolbar You can Show Hide a Single Port or you can Show Hide Multiple Ports Click on the drop down arrow and select from the two options as shown in the following figure Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 181 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar a Show Hide Single Port a Show Hide Multiple Ports Click on the Apply show hide port button to apply the specific mode el lt _ Apply show hide port button ve Show s Hide Single Port Show Hide Multiple Ports Figure 3 101 Show Hide Single or Multiple Ports Show Hide Field You can simplify the Viewer display by hiding some fields You can hide the Dura
135. acahaddnesatulaNawnct 82 213 0 dequential Trigger Mode ies creniecasurcrncseisaensorenetcecarsedstcunsedvawascecnnnmnnpentadwnaiuerceseucesneeasurencasuaanecvecunmecnenentins 83 2 14 Project SENINGS ccoo a fio 87 2 141 Memory SAUNA a E E a a 87 2 19 Analyzer Seting S carito 89 2 15 1 Primitive Response TMC OU aiii as 89 Z 19 Z DiSavle DESChAMDIING dais 89 2 199 DOW AAA VA ida 90 2194 PLOLOCON ELON MaS Koa ie 90 2 10 0 EXternal Trig QUT Setin Gre a 91 2 19 6 External Trig In Seting iii A A AAA AA AAA AAA AAA AAA 91 215 1 Choose Port DO Or A E 91 219 0 OFLS CONMIQUFA ON nia aio tiara 91 2 15 9 POM C nfig ra ation and Projects sumccirsin raciocinio 93 2 1310 Add a Project Noli a E a EE 93 2 16 Advanced Mode User Defined iii ii iia 94 2 16 1 Working in Advanced Mode xiii 94 2 16 2 State Number for Complex Trigger Sequences cooccococcocccccccocononanennononanonanenancnnnnnnnrenarrnnrrnnnrnnarenarenannnnns 96 211 Prec CSENG gee eee ee oP a a 102 VI NOS allas 102 2 18 Creating a Data DOC o o ee edo aro eno 102 218 T Naming a Dala BlIOCK rad A A E E R 103 2 18 2 Editing a Data BIOCK aiii con 104 218 3 Demme Your OWRP Ate iaa and 104 ZWD COUN ia id 105 219 Random Data Patterm e area 106 Z2 19 2 WWAIKING BI Pate Mansilla illo ei iia 106 2 19 3 Creating and Editing Data Blocks as TeXt ooooooncconncocncocccocccoccncocanonaronanonnnrnnnnennnrnnnrnnnrrnnrrnnnrnnrrnanrenanrnnans 107 2 194 OAG DAA A A A 107 LARISA AS a daa 107 Chapter 3 Display M
136. ace file without filtered data The Apply Show Hide Link Setting checkbox filters the saved data further by also applying the current status of the port buttons of the toolbar 2 9 1 Exporting From the File menu you can Export to Text Excel Export to Trainer Export Read Write Command Report or Export Paired SAS Address Report Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 41 Teledyne LeCroy Saving a Trace Capture Export to Text Excel From the File menu you can export to Text Excel using the Export to Text Excel The Save as Text dialog displays Savein Samples 2 Pe E Columns Ey Name Datemodified Type Relative Time a No items match your search Delta Time Recent Places 4 Port Sre 545 Address Dest 545 Address Frame ao Command ae LBA Sectort SS FER Length Sector C ae Snipes SActive Libraries Speed LUM D Status 209 Handshake Computer Sense Rep AS5CA45 CL a 4 mI A 4 mr I File name Save as type Uncheck Text Files Version 1 0 bd Save s Range Excel File Version 1 0 csv O All Packets Figure 2 8 Save As Text Dialog a From the Save as type drop down select Text Files txt or Text Files Version 1 0 txt for text format or Excel File csv or Excel Files Version 1 0 csv for Excel format see Save As Display Formats on page 42 QO Check the box Export the whole payload more than 32KB to export the whole payload more tha
137. alue 5 Bits F21 Reserved Mask F22 Reserved Value 48 Bits Teledyne LeCroy 101 x Event a Ho 1 From Initiator Ox00 IDENTIFY F 0x00 Reserved 0 0 0 0x00 Unknown reason 2 aa AA A 0x00 indicates that an SMP initiator port i not present O 00 indicates that an STP initiator port i not present 0x00 indicates that an SSF initiator port is not present DAA A A O 00 indicates that an SMF target port it not present 0x00 indicates that an STF target port is not present 0x00 indicates that an SSF target port iz not present 0 o 0 O000000000000000 O000000000000000 opgooid O000000000000000 OO0O00D0000000 FO AddressFrameType Yalue 4 Bits Format Hex Indicates the type of address frame Figure 4 13 Event Properties Dialog While many events are line conditions an event also can be a condition that occurs within a InFusion device for example detection of a trigger signal from another device The following table lists supported events Note that some events are applicable only in the context of creating sequences those events appear on the drop down list only if you are creating a sequence Sequences can have multiple states and they allow branching between states Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 241 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Events 242 4 5 1 TABLE 4 2 Events Event Address Frame Analyzer Trigger Any DWORD ATA Command ATA
138. and SATA software has the following menus and toolbars 2 5 1 SAS SATA Main Toolbar The following figure displays the SAS main toolbar Note The sections SAS SATA Main Toolbar on page 36 and SATA Main Toolbar on page 36 are shown separately to indicate the different context sensitive toolbar options depending on whether SAS or SATA trace or project is open Open Project File l Start Target Emulator Launch Trainer Find DUT Stop Recording Manual Trigger Launch Jammer Start Recording gt y Trainer Y Jammer El Abort Capturing Without Saving Sample File Upload Manager Stop Target Emulator Save Figure 2 3 SAS Software Menus and Toolbar 2 5 2 SATA Main Toolbar The following figure displays the SATA main toolbar 36 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Start Recording Teledyne LeCroy Open Project File Launch Trainer Start Target Emulator Find DUT Stop Recording Manual Trigger Launch Jammer Start Recording a Abort Capturing Without Saving Sample File Upload Manager Save Stop Target Emulator Figure 2 4 SATA Software Menus and Toolbar 2 6 Start Recording To get an immediate overview of the bus traffic to and from your Analyzer 1 Click the H AE Record button 2 The analyzer begins filling the defined memory buffer with traffic captured from the bus After the traffic fills the memory buffer the traffic is uploaded to the viewer and the Pa
139. anded Waveform View 3 3 10 Statistical Report Whenever a captured sample is in the Sample Viewer a Statistical Report selection in the Report menu and a Statistical Report Button on the viewer toolbar are enabled You can create a Statistical Report for the entire capture or select a portion of it To display a Statistical Report click the 4 Statistical Report button on the viewer toolbar or select Analysis gt Statistical Report to display the Select Statistical Report Range dialog Select Statistical Report Range All Traces From T Cursor To T Cursor 9 From Link Mo 1 To Link Ho Figure 3 20 Statistical Report Range Dialog The default statistical report has All Samples You can set a specific Statistical report range between defined cursor positions or events Generating Statistical Read Write Report To create a statistical read write page perform the following steps Click on the Setup menu option and select Preferences Click on the Trace Viewer tab Check the box Create statistical report read write page see Figure 3 21 on page 123 122 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Spread Sheet View Open Trace File In Default Workspace O As Previously Saved E Switch to CATC Navigation Reverse Link Data Pack Repeated Primitives Scroll Horizontally to Show matched Column In Search Use new PHY capabilities decodin Optimization Sampl ir 19 memon Usage optim
140. anipulation occooccocconconconconconconconcnnnonnonnnanonnnanronronronennrs 109 S T VIeWer DISDIAY ca a 109 Sl QUICK VIEW 110 3 1 2 USING th Viewer DIS ae 111 32 TACO PROA ds 111 EA PP 112 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 3 Teledyne LeCroy Contents 3 90 ANALYSIS TOOIDGN nai iia 112 3 9 2 Decoding ASSIGNMENTS a a a a EA 113 iD PACKET VOW isa a a E a RO Se 114 3 9 4 Changing th Detal VIEW cossi ia do ia 117 3 970 SPreadSheet VIEW irnir E T 117 3 9 0 COMA VIEW sorron aa Ena NARA 118 S Sl TOKE VOW a A oade ok passa un 119 3 38 Frame INSpector VIS Wii do 120 3 39 39 Wavetorm DISPO NE 121 e ec 0 eses dlrs Mol e Lo q SOT o o A O 122 3 3 11 Statisti al Report 100 a 137 3 3 12 Formatting the Statistical Report View oocconcccnncoccccocccoccconcnnonnconanenanonnncnnnnennrennnrnnnnnnnrennrenarrrnnnrnnanenans 140 3919 Histogram VW as 143 3 39 14 BUS Utilization Vi Wi 145 320 10 BUS Utilization BUONS ia 146 23 10 Data ROD Nip 146 3 9 1 Compare Two Data Payloads cirio ti ITRADER 149 3 4 Running Verification Script Engine VSB oooocconcconncoconcocococccccnconnconaroncnnnnanonarenancnannnnanenns 150 3 02 Navigation View 1 OOID iii a 153 JI GOO MENU din 154 OZ MN LNG aa daa 158 A A ee OS Ea Oe Ee a eee ee ore 159 3 9 4 Selectable Filter Options for SAS unir 163 3 5 5 Selectable Filter Options for SATA c cccsscesecssecnnecnecnseenscnaecnseensoensonsecnsoonsonsecasoosscasecasecnssonse
141. ary File List 236 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Scenarios By selecting the TestCasesForSATA infbd file you get an additional library window with predefined SATA test cases similar to the following File Library c program Filesilecroyiinfu A X G E EY 4 Scenarios 01_HOST_Buffer Underrun 02 HOST write Failed 03 HOST_R_RDY Failed 04 HOST Read Failed 05 HOST_Break Link with Pending 10s 06 HOST Write DMA Flow control error OF HOST Write DMA terminate protocol 08 HOST Write DMA transfer count erro 09 HOST_Link Layer Retry 10 HOST_Invalid FIS type 11 HOST Vendor FIS type 12 DEVICE Buffer Underrun Figure 4 9 Test Cases for SATA Library Device Libraries 4 4 3 In addition to general libraries the application defines device libraries Each device library is associated with a specific InFusion device Each device library opens in a separate Device Library window and holds up to ten InFusion scenarios for the device When you connect to the device and click the entry for that device in the Device List the device library for the device opens automatically The scenarios that appear in the device library are those currently stored on the corresponding device They were uploaded from the device to your host machine when you opened the device library You can click any of the scenarios listed to open it for editing When you are finished with your edits you can use the but
142. as 2 serdes Chip 0 freca 2 Serdes Chip 1 reas 2 Serdes Chip 2 rec 2 serdes Chip 3 Save error details Save in E Program Files LeCroysleCroy SATA Protocol SuitesUsersErrors detail sit i Append error details ee Number OF Run Each Test f O Run All Tests Sequentially start Serdes Check Close Figure 3 143 SATA Self Test Dialog Serdes Tab Choose the n FPGA 1 or 2 Serdes Chip to test and click the Start Serdes Check button After a short time the Test Result and Marvel Failure Type appear to the right of the selected line Marvel Failure Type indicates the error type 216 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Setup Menu 3 21 5 Crosspoint Check Teledyne LeCroy To perform a Crosspoint Crosspoint bus test or Crosspoint external loop back select the Crosspoint tab Clock Memory Serdes Erosspoimt main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Test Result E Pcross paint Intercon J Cross point Intercon Pcross paint Intercon Pcross paint Intercon Pcross point Intercon J Cross point Intercon Pcross paint Intercon FairtUL4 LU4 Cross point Intercon Pair LUi UL1 Pair LU2 ULZ Pair LU3 UL3 Pair LU4 UL4 Pair UL1 LU1 Pair UL2 LUZ Pair UL3 LUZ RJ External Link 1 114 X L1E R External Link 2 L2A4X L2E 7 RJ External Link 3 L3AL3E m RJ External Link 4 L44X L4EX D External Link 5 L5 LSE M Append eror details Number Of Run Each Test f T
143. assign a unique descriptive name to a data block right click the data block name to open the Data Block Edit menu Copy Paste Delete Rename Figure 2 82 Data Block Edit Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 103 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Data Block 104 2 18 2 2 18 3 Choose Rename Rename Data Block x New Name Custom cuca Figure 2 83 Rename Data Block Enter a descriptive name in the New Name edit box and click OK Editing a Data Block You can enter data in the defined cell structure by these methods QO Define your own pattern a Set a counter O Choose a Random Pattern QO Choose a Walking Bit Pattern Define Your Own Pattern To define a pattern 1 Click Pattern to open the Define Pattern dialog box as shown in Figure 2 84 2 Enter a data pattern in the Data Pattern edit box 3 Choose the number of times to repeat that pattern and click OK n C Program Files CATALYST SAS System DataBlock DataBlock dat Oj x Number of Data Cells 116 Column inary Hex Ascii Addr Paa Boek EN C Append Inset C Overwrite Random Data Address 0 Pattern 0 all Address 4 Repeat 2 times Counter Data walking Bit Data Custom 1 D 11001101 New Delete Delete All Random Pattern Counter Walking Bit O Figure 2 84 Define Your Own Data Pattern Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Counter 2 1
144. attem Counter Data Walking Bit Data coo be oP opel a lt gt Random F Pattern C Append Inset C Ove Figure 2 86 Choose a Random Pattern 2 19 2 Walking Bit Pattern To use a walking bit pattern click the Walking Bit button then choose either a walking bit of 0 or 1 the walk direction the start position and the number of times to repeat the pattern 16 Column CellLength 1 Byte 3 LSB MSB Walking Bit Figure 2 87 Define a Walking Bit Pattern 106 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Counter 2 19 3 2 19 4 2 19 5 Teledyne LeCroy Creating and Editing Data Blocks as Text You can create and edit data blocks using a text editor such as Windows Notepad To create a data block in Notepad launch Notepad Enter a header consisting of Item1 Item2 Item3 Item4 Item5 where Item1 is the name of the Data Block Item2 is the size of the Data Block or the number of bytes in the format Item3 is the format of the data HEX BIN ASCII ltem4 is the group of bytes defined 1 2 4 8 or 16 Item5 is the direction LSB or MSB Then enter the data in space delimited Hex format and save as a txt text file Load Data To import Text Editor created data click the Load button in the data block definition dialog to open the Load dialog Choose a file and click Load Modify existing data Save As To create a new data block from an existin
145. atten Tl Exclude ALIGN V Exclude NOTIFY l Exclude SATA_CONT I Exclude SATA_SYNC Il Exclude Payload except 0 Dword s C Include the following Patterns Exclude s Protocol Errors Advanced switch to Easy mode r Multi Sequencer Port 11 71 Make Same as Current i Add State 2 Delete State TxWout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 2 70 SAS State Programming Dialog For Help press F1 Advance Mode Settings Notes State 0 SO Start State 0 9 Pewee Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out GoTo 1 Xx Nochange NoJump No change No Jump El No change No Jump E No change No Jump 1 Else If 1 Else If 1 Advanced switch to Easy mode 7 Multi Sequencer Port 11 71 Make Same as Current For Help press F1 Figure 2 71 SATA State Programming Dialog Capture C Everything C Nothing Pattem Bus Condition Primitive FIS FIS Pattern Data Pattern Protocol Errors Set capture setting of all state as state 0 IV Exclude Idle Tl Exclude ODB Signal I Exclude CONT Tl Exclude Payload except T Exclude Xxx I Exclude SYNC fo Diwar d s o Lia the following Patterns Exclude Add State TxWout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Device Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Num di SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog removes Exclude ALIGN Exclude RRDY and Exclude NOT
146. ber can already exist or not If the Serial Number exists the Serial Number for example S N 12871 is shown In Offline and Simulation mode you can enter a Serial Number In Online mode you can only enter an existing Serial Number 3 To add another command click Click here to add another script command q j New Script 0 b x Batch Script is valid E Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 10 ms i Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST 3 har ecnnt command gt 1er Script command E lt Click here to add else body gt END IF 276 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files Teledyne LeCroy To copy a script command right click on the command and select Copy Right click Click here to add another script command and then select Paste You can also cut delete and edit a selected script command 4 To edit batch commands click the command or right click the command and select Edit from popup menu Batch Script is valid Label0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 20 ms Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST ick here to add another sort command dit Delete lt Click here to add else body gt END IF 5 To delete a command right click and select Delete from popup menu or select command and press Delete key on keyboard 6 After finishing if everything is correct push the Run Batch button to
147. breviation Foreground color Viewer Setting m Wrap Packet m Enable Tooltips Data Payload Columns in Row 1 2 4 8 16 m Bytes in Column 1 2 4 8 16 Time Stamp Origin Absolute Trigger User Defined Based on System Time Same color for start time and port Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format LeCroy Milli Micro Save Trace Viewer Configuration in a file Load Trace Viewer Configuration from a file Factory Setting restores default settings Font opens Font dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Configuration Oo SA 4 4 4 BG gt Trace Viewer Configuration CATE Packet View Frame Fields Idle Fields Trans Fields ATA Com Fields SCS Op Fields Data Fields Queue Cmd Fields Phy Reset Fields Data Display Units LAC Time Others Protocal Address Frame Prirnutiwes SSP Frame SMF Frame Out OF Band Signals STP FIS Channels ATA Command SCSI Corn Task Mng Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Field Setting Format r P visible Field Header Setting Name CC Abbreviation Foreground Data Payload Columns im Aow fig Column Bytes im Colum fi Bute Viewer Setting e Wrap Packet e Enable Tooltip Time Stamp Origin Absolute Trigger User Define Based On System Time Headers Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format Lecray
148. by default if the software detects no hardware The Analyzer software launches and displays the appropriate tool bar but with the limitation that the Analyzer operates only on static previously captured bus data Limitations Simulation Mode lets you try all of the available functions but the system is not capturing any real data and is displaying only pre captured results Using the Software Depending on the software license s purchased with the unit the Sierra M6 1 has SAS and SATA protocol capability or has SATA only Use the SAS SATA Protocol Suite applications respectively The Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite can be a Q Protocol Analyzer Captures data triggers on events and saves Easy Mode allows standard Trigger and Data capture Advanced Mode requires license allows you to program custom triggering in and out capturing state jumps and timers see Protocol Analysis on page 33 a Jammer The InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool that allows you to verify real world fault handling see InFusion Overview on page 225 Note The Advanced Mode option has to be purchased separately 22 The SAS SATA application now provides functionality for both protocols Either protocol can now be accessed via the File menu and choosing the protocol to work with Click File gt New and select the desired protocol and application Sierra M6 1 S
149. cation to create and download scenarios For the InFusion connections the device is connected between the SAS SATA host and the PHY of the test target DUT While jamming the signals between ports 11 and T1 for example are routed through the FPGA as opposed to being routed through the front end in the case of Analyzer mode Both Out of Band OOB and data signals propagate through the FPGA Interface Buttons The InFusion interface has the following command buttons Des HS EMI ee gt mye New Scenario Begins the scenario creation process by listing Scenario Name Direction for traffic changes and Global Rules in the scenario window New Batch Script Starts a scenario batch file in Batch Script window Open Library Lists the InFusion Library Files infdb which contain the available scenarios in an Open dialog Save Saves the current scenario in the UserData folder Print Prints the current scenario Show Library Displays hides the Main Library window on the right which displays the available scenarios You can create a new scenario save a selected scenario save the library save a copy of the library display the selected scenario insert a copy of the selected item or delete the selected scenario Show Output Displays hides the Output window at the bottom which displays InFusion output Use the buttons to save output print output display options automatically save the log file with a path and s
150. ce Bits STP Frame Type Y xj Format Binary f Hexadecimal Cancel FIS Type Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type O41 Set Device Bits Phi Port e 7 N 7 Status Lo Status Hi Error OK SActrve 31 0 es MH FH F H3 Moi PF be F p3 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 27 Set Device Bits DMA Activate STP Frame Type Y i Format Binary f Hexadecimal Cancel FIS Type Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 0 39 DMA Activate Phi Fort ES uo Oe Jas la Gil Oo F po ote Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 28 DMA Activate Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy 59 Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Errors DMA Setup STP Frame Type FIS Type Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type Phi Port DMA Butter id Low DMA Butter id High DMA Buffer Offset 0241 OMA Setup A 7 ES eS OOOO DMA Buffer Transfer Count A WH FER He Mioi Fo Po Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 29 DMA Setup BIST STP Frame Type Eo x Format C Binary Hexadecimal Cancel FIS Type F Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 058 BIST Phi Port A y P F L 5 A T Data 0 S Data 15 8 so MH FH F Ha ma Mio Foz Fo Fo Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 30 BIST 60 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual P
151. cket View display opens Packet View is the default display However more views are available by selecting View on the menu bar and choosing the desired View Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 37 Teledyne LeCroy Start Recording Data direction arrows X Y T susjienza gt 0913 a por 2 Pozas oras a e 2 0 jeje lt gt jar me Ol fn m 12712 fe 53114 19 gt x E Show Hide Layers buttons Show Hide Port Data O Mme A Address Frame Type Device Type Restricted H Restricted M Restricted SMP iitistor Port M STPIntiator Port M SSP Infiator Port M Restricted M SMP Target Port 4 Cursors A ey STP Target Port H SSP Target Port H Restricted H SAS Address H Phyldertifier H CRE Link Dota aj A 00000000000 f 5000685000000001 i 41551331 Oins Address Frame Type Device Type Restricted M Restricted H Restricted M SMP intiator Port H STP initiator Port M SSP hitiator Port M Restricted 09 SMP Target Port H el kieantif Irpa d a e 1 E 1 STP Target Port 4 SSP Target Port H Restricted H SAS Address M Phy kientifier CRC H Link Dato a MAPA 0000000000001 500605600000035 7 MEF BSS 5333 us ve ane E 2 578 800 me Re Time f 2 516 083 ms Address Frame Type Protocol Intistor Port H Connection Rate Features H Intistor Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H Source SAS Address H Compatkis Features H pe 1 te
152. clude Payload of Data Frame S P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type Y SMP Frame Type Any SMP Frame Type Don t care Snapshot Manual Irig Patter Parameters Timer Timeout Y Function Any Function External Trigger Y Direction 11 T1 7 SSP Frame Any Type Bus Condition Y SSP Frame Type Any Type or Q Destination SAS Address 000000000000000 Y Reserved XX STP Frame Y Source SAS Address gt 200900909000000000 ATA Command Y Reserved XxX ATAPI Y Changing Data Pointer Y ReTransmit Y Retry Data Frames Y Reserved 7X Y Number of Fill Bytes Y Reserved 7X Y Reserved XX Y Reserved XXX Tag X xi Address Frame M Define Sequential Triager Mode Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 11 SAS Sample Protocol Analysis Project SAS vs SATA For Pattern Parameters SATA Dialog adds FIS FIS Pattern and ATA Command Pattern and does not have STP Frame SSP Frame SMP Frame and Address Frame 4 Click the Record button to execute the pre defined example Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Patterns and Data Capture Setup Teledyne LeCroy 5 After the project runs you see an analyzer trace capture display similar to the one shown in Figure 2 12 ue Address Frame Type Device Type Restricted H ELA Restricted H SMP initiator Port H STP initiator Port H SSP intistor Port H Restric
153. col Analyzer User Manual 253 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules 9 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action 4 Remove RRDY Normal Mo action specified For the event RROY NORMALS From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump to the p Scenario Name Remove ERDY Normal Description Wait for BREDY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Pules P Wait for EPDY NORMAL from Initiator Click here to er action Click here to add a sequence E For Help press Fl Figure 4 20 Example 1 Entering an Action The Action Properties dialog box appears see Figure 4 14 on page 245 10 In the Type column on the left choose the action that you want to occur when an RRDY is detected In this example it is the Remove Primitive action Select Random Yes or No N for Every Nth occurrence and Monitor Count as Monitored or Not Monitored 11 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 4 Remove RRDY Normal m Scenario is valid gt Scenario Mame Remove PER Normal Description Wait for BEDY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Pules E Wait for BEDY NORMAL from Initiator then Femotve Click here to add a Sequence gt E For Help press Fi Figure 4 21 Example1 Complete Scenario 12 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Example 2 Wait
154. d pa O RRAS A EPA ATEA ap ITA HAH X RRRA EE i E EFUP PIR RATA E ABT iy HH me REE ORRE MEE 3 95 Re AA sci AR ee 20004 Part Nam PCBAS Mechanical Hardware Sheet Metal Plastic Parts Power Supply Power Cord Protective Case if present Cable Assemblies if present Fans LS resent Probes Gf m Toxic or Hazardous Substances and Elements Polybrominated Hexavalent Mercury Cadmium Chromium Hg Cd Cr Som m E ae a ee FO fee LITE S T 11363 2006 4 Em HRE ith gt 57 i Pet 517 11363 2006 EEIE WIR EEK o Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers O Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement specified in 51 T1 1363 2006 X Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogenous materials used for this part is above the limit requirement specified in 51 11 1363 2006 EFUP Environmental Friendly Use Period Use Conditions Temperature SC to 40C Humidity 5 to 95 max RH non condensing Altitude Up to 2000 meters Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 289 Teledyne LeCroy WAN Operation 6 1 WAN Operation WAN connected operation is supported Contact factory for details of operation Refer How to Contact Teledyne LeCroy on page 291 for contact information 290 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manua
155. d between the triggering event of two consecutive states At other speeds back to back dword state transitions might rarely be missed so best practice is to never assume back to back dword events As described later in this chapter you can create any number of scenarios and store them in libraries on the host machine s hard drive Scenario library files names are in the following format lt filename gt infdb Creating InFusion scenarios is easy but it requires an understanding of the following terms defined in Table 1 TABLE 4 1 Key Scenario Terms Term Definition Action InFusion response to an event Event Condition that is detectable by InFusion Combined Event Logical OR association of events for example event A OR event B Global Rules Portion of a scenario that can define a single InFusion test state You can think of the Global Rules and each sequence as a separate test routine or program operating within the scenario Each operates independently and in parallel with the others The purpose of each is to detect events and then respond with the appropriate action or set of actions In essence you can operate up to three test states simultaneously within InFusion Sequence Portion of a scenario that can define multiple InFusion test states More flexible than the Global Rules a sequence allows more powerful scenarios that include branching and looping between test states Global Rules can define only a single test
156. d combined event then Substitute with ERROR lt Clicek here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press Fi CAP NUM SCRL E Figure 4 25 Example 4 Entering Second Event Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 257 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules The Event Properties dialog box appears In this example there is a parallel set of events but each event is associated with its own action In a combined event there is a parallel set of events sharing the same action 4 Using the drop down menu choose RRDY Reserved 0 as the second event to monitor 5 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 6 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to be triggered by the RRDY Reserved 0 4 o RDDY Normal RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 gt x Mo action specified For the event RRDY RESERVED 0 From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump to t Scenario Name BODY Normal amp PDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 hab Description Replace BRODY Normal w EEROR If BDDY Reserved 01 Inject PD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for BEDY NORMAL from Initiator then Substitute with ERROR ie Wait for RADY RESERVED 0 from Initiator E Click here to add an action SClisk here xo ada anacron For Help press F1 4 Figure 4 26 Example 4 Entering Second Action The
157. d or External Signal In Filter Filter Options Bus Condition rae Incomplete Frames ate Range WIFIS From State 0 To State o JATA Command LAF TROCA ENS V External Signal In Por ATAPI S E Lomr nand Ext Signal In X AA Miscellaneous Filter Type Hide C Show Filter Idle Ports M HI Iv H2 Y H3 IV Ha Y DIM 02 D2 Y DA Reset All Check All Load IE Figure 3 86 Filter State and or Device Sleep Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 167 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Use Pair SAS Addresses You can use all available pair SAS addresses Source gt Destination instead of using SAS source and destination addresses To enable the pair SAS address filter option check Use Pair SAS Addresses check box in the Filter dialog Filter i Filter Filter Options Filter Options Bus Condition J0x5000 85000000001 Bus Condition 0x50060560000003C5 gt 0x500062B 000001074 C Primitive J0x50060560000003C5 Primitive 0 50060560000003C4 gt 0 5000626 000001074 incomplete Frames Incomplete Frames 0x50000500001 04765 gt 0x500062B 000001074 Address Frames 0x5000C500001047B5 JAddress Frames J0x5000E 85000000001 gt OxE SAE 8E SSP Frames J0x5000C50000103D91 SSP Frames JOxB000 85000000001 gt 0x5000C50000103D91 CISMP Frames 10s50060560000003C4 LISMP Frames 0x5000C500001 03D 91 gt 0 5000E
158. ddresses Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 161 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar 162 Filter m Filter Options JBus Condition C Frimitie Incomplete Frames Address Frames f4 55P Frames SMP Frames PISTP Frames SCSI Commands SMP Commands Task Management Functions MATA Commands CISCSI Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Par 545 Address Protocol Error JaTAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Filter Type iF Hide Cc Show Filter Idle Ports wit i 2 W T1 M T2 Reset All Check All Save Load Em Mode Sense b Read Capacity 10 Al Write 10 Filter Logic C AND Related Items OR iM fault Level Filtering Use Par SAS ddresses le Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 3 82 Second Level of Multilevel Filtering Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Filter m Filter Options IC Bus Condition WE Prirnitive ClIncomplete Frames address Frames SSP Frames I_ISMP Frames MJOSTP Frames SCSI Commands SMP Commands I_ T ask Management Functions IATA Commands 129505 Command Status Source SAS Address IL Destination 545 Address C1Pair 545 Address JUProtocal Errar ISTF Fort ETag ATAPI SCSI Command I_ Miscellaneous r Filter o Forts Woi Je 12 W
159. disabled and filtering on them is ignored at filtering time If you disable pair SAS addresses the pair SAS address option is disabled and filtering on it is ignored at filtering time Training Sequence When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Training Sequences in the Trace Viewer 3 5 5 Selectable Filter Options for SATA The SATA filter options are Bus Condition Incomplete Frames FIS ATA Command Protocol Error Port ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Filter Idle see Figure 3 86 on page 167 O DOOCOCODO O O 168 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Bus Condition When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Bus Conditions in the Trace Viewer Incomplete Frames When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides Incomplete Frames in the Trace Viewer FIS When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured FIS items in the Trace Viewer ATA Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured ATA commands in the Trace Viewer Protocol Error Port When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured packets with the specified Protocol Errors in the Trace Viewer When selected dependi
160. dres Frames 55P Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SES Commands SMP Commands Task Management Function QATA Commands 5E5 Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Protocol Error Tag S5ESI Task Attribute JATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Data Type f Data pattern only Data payload length only Data pattern payload length Data Pattern i Hex Binary ASCII f And Dr 0 Data Payload Length te 0 A Search By Hashed 545 Address SAS Address Search Direction Fowad C Backward Search From Start Trig Pointer Pointer Search Logic C AND Selected ltems Pointer C Last Found Rezet All Save Load Figure 3 88 SAS Search Data Pattern f OR Selected Items Cancel Domain lt lt Search Domain Se orks wi Mi wa Fj Iv T1 e T2 Check All UnCheck All Protocol Error W Packet with Error e Packet without Error Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Search For Search lems Search Sub thems Data Pattern identity Device LES Range Bus Condition Read OMA Ext a Primitive write DMA Ext dec vi Miz Incomplete Frames 1 T2 JAddress Frames To LEA jo S5P Frames Hex SMP Frames lc TP Frames les
161. e Easy Mode described starting on page 87 SAS vs SATA For the ALIGN Transmission Period section SATA Dialog shows options 256 and 258 and does not show 2048 or 2049 For Speed SATA Dialog shows H1 D1 to H2 D2 and does not show l1 T1 to 12 T2 SATA Dialog does not show MUX Setting button Notes To include some descriptive information about the project click the Notes tab and enter a brief descriptive note see Add a Project Note on page 93 Creating a Data Block You can create the following types of data blocks for use with data fields O Random data pattern Custom data pattern specifically for your application QO Counter data pattern a Walking bit pattern To create a data block click the l Default Data Block button on the Main toolbar or select Setup gt Data Block to open the Data Block dialog box as shown in Figure 2 80 o C Program Files CATALYST SAS System DataBlock DataBlock dat Number of Data Cells 16 Column y Cell Length f1 Byte y f LSB C MSB C Binary Hex C Ascii Data Block Data ce ea fe Jeees von Pattern O E4 E6 F9 EA CF 8C 94 E7 B7 CD DF A2 AA EF 86 8l A Gt Date 16 FE A2 95 8A E8 EA B6 9F DC OF B6 DF E2 E4 AF AF Delete 32 ED A2 A3 BE 99 EO B6 E3 E3 A8 BA 95 FE F9 CA CD 48 BF EF D4 Al 89 FE 87 8E F9 B2 97 EA FB D9 E3 83 Delete All 64 BC DC BS 9E AD 96 CD SF EB 81 91 9D CS 87 BS E7 80 63 BO FS BE C4 94 A9 EE FE DS DA EO 81 8C EO AF 96 Fl DC DF 98 E4 9E B
162. e Xxx Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA_CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle Aj Trigger Non Sequential Ay Post Trigger Capture Everything Exclude NOTIFY Include 29 Project Name S45Protocol4nalpzer2 Note a Creation Date 08 04 1 3 on Tuesday Jul 08 08 Last Modified Not saved yet Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Include RADY Exclude Idle Last Run Not run yet S Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed 11 11 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 8 Connection Details Simulation Mode v Collapse All Expand All Easy switch to Advanced mode Figure 2 69 Project Notes Tab Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 93 Teledyne LeCroy Advanced Mode User Defined 2 16 Advanced Mode User Defined Advanced Mode expands Analysis capability by allowing you to program complex triggering and data capture projects Note The Advanced Mode option has to be purchased separately The Advanced Mode is a state machine with up to 23 different states You can program each state individually to a Trigger on a different event or trigger unconditionally QO Capture Everything
163. e sequence order highlight a trigger pattern and use the Up or Down arrow to move it to a new position Y Include RRDY SA Trigger On Sequential E P Other Triggers Extemal Trig Positive Edge P Symbol K28 3 eP Timer 1 Milli Seconds P Primitive BROADCAST RESERVED 1 P Symbol K28 3 Y Settings lt lt Remove Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Space 200 KB Q Primitive Response Timeout 20 DWORD Run Pattern Generator Off i Y Enable 10 8 Decoding Y Enable de scrambling Figure 2 62 Triggering Order Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 85 Teledyne LeCroy Trigger Setup 86 Pre Trigger You can set the amount of data to capture before and after the trigger as a percentage of pre trigger between 1 and 99 Position the pre trigger slider to a percentage This feature allows the evaluation of bus activity leading up to and after the triggering event Figure 2 63 illustrates the operation of pre trigger in data memory Pre trigger data is capture of the specified percentage of data prior to the triggering event It cannot be guaranteed and may be O This can occur when the triggering event occurs before storing the required amount of pre trigger event data In such a case the data display shows fewer than the specified data points prior to the triggering event DATA MEMORY PRE TRIGGER ALL PA PRE TRIGGER PARTIAL DATA PRE TRIGGE
164. ection Sao MEA Un Check Enable Protocol error detection Figure 2 66 Protocol Errors Dialog Check the Protocol Errors that you want the Analyzer to ignore When RD Error and Code violation Error are set as trigger events RD Error or Code violation Error can occur right after the OOB sequence RD Error or Code violation Error can occur right after the recovery from the PM state These errors are mainly caused by the long synchronization time of the analyzer If these errors caused by the Analyzer become triggers you cannot detect some other errors that you really need to detect To NOT detect the above two errors enable the software setting Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during Speed negotiation After this the code violation is not triggered during the speed negotiation phase but is triggered if the violation happens after the speed negotiation phase Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analyzer Settings 2 15 5 Teledyne LeCroy External Trig Out Setting The Analyzer can send a Low or High external signal when a trigger occurs Select the External Trig Out Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Enter the External TrigOut pulse width The pulse width is programmable in the software The Voltage level is O to 3 3 Volt The trigger out is derived by NL17SZ126 buffer The delay for OOB traffic ex
165. ee timers for triggering You can set each timer for each state or continue from a timer set in the previous state The timer defined for a particular state starts when entering that state To set timers click the ellipses in the Timer field in each state and define each of the timers in the Set Timers dialog 3 Timer 1 Timer unit C Conbnue Set Times fo Mil Seconds om o mico Trier 2 Continue Set Timer 0 Mii Seconds m i C micro Tiras Taner unit C Conine Set Timer O Mil Seconds ma C micro li Sel Timer amp selected al a state the limer is reset each time entermo lhal state By selecting Continue the limer wall continue the count from premous statels unti timer elapses Timer may be set at any state as part of ether 1 or Else statements Figure 2 75 Set Timers Dialog Note Three timers are available You have to set and start each timer in order to continue the next timer For example you have to start Timer 1 continue it then set Timer 2 in order to continue it It will not allow you to continue Timer 2 until you first set it 98 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Advanced Mode User Defined Teledyne LeCroy Timeout The timeout trigger allows triggering based on the occurrence or non occurrence of two events within a pre defined period of time Patterns can be added to the Start Events and End Events list An occurrence of a pattern of the Start Events list starts
166. ellaneous on page 167 Training Sequence O DODODDODODODO DO oC Command Data Pattern When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Command Data Patterns in the Sample Viewer Bus Condition When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Bus Conditions in the Sample Viewer Incomplete Frames When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides Incomplete Frames in the Sample Viewer ATA Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured ATA commands in the Sample Viewer Protocol Error When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured packets with the specified Protocol Errors in the Sample Viewer ATAPI SCSI Command 164 When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides ATAPI SCSI commands Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Filter Check Condition Checking the SCSI Command Status check box enables Check Condition for filtering Filter sl Filter Options Pl Bus Condition _ Prinnitive Incomplete Frames J ddress Frames 155P Frames JSMF Frames ISTP Frames ISCSI Commands _ SMP Commande Task Management Functions JATA Commands SCS Command Status Source SAS Address Destina
167. equency Parameters Q Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds a Frequency Frequency in hertz Example IfIsStopped 0x83456 4 then Beep 2 20 Run Oxe3456 identity DISParity error 3 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy 283 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files 284 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Pattern Generator File You may use any text editor or word processor to create a pattern generator file spg using the following conventions 5 1 Key words ALIGN CONT DMAT EOF HOLD HOLDA PMACK PMNAK PMREQ_P PMREQ_S R_ERR R_IP R_OK R_RDY SOF SYNC WTRM X_RDY XXXX LOOP Enable Disable Host Device Scramble Role END_OF_ FILE Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 285 Teledyne LeCroy Comment format 286 9 2 9 3 9 4 9 9 9 6 9 7 5 8 Comment format Comment text Primitive definition format To add an ALIGN primitive use ALIGN or 27 3 10 2 10 2 K28 5 To add a CONT primitive use CONT or 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 Loop definition format You may write a defined pattern into memory repeatedly by enabling a loop Loop definition allows either Enable or Disable To enable looping use Loop Enable Scramble definition format Scramble definition allows either Enable or Disable To enable scramble use Scramble Enable Role definition format To specify SA
168. er of occurrences on each link 1 Figure 2 49 SAS Training Sequence Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Define the training sequence for triggering and click OK 74 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup Protocol Errors Teledyne LeCroy Double click Protocol Errors in the Pattern window to open the Protocol Errors dialog Protocol Errors e x Protocol Errors O Code Violation O Disparity Error O ALIGN Eror Cancel O STP Signaling Latency Error O STF Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive O STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout O Frame Type Error O Frame Length Error O Frame Direction Error O CRC Error O ACK NAK Timeout O Delimiter Error Check ll Uncheck All Mi Pre Fi iM Ti PT2 PT Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f SAS Protocol Errors Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port and does not show SSP SMP or STP radio buttons Check the protocol error s to trigger on and click OK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 75 Teledyne LeCroy Trigger Setup STP Frame SAS only Double click STP Frame in the Pattern window to open the STP Frame dialog 5TP Frame Type E x Format C Binary Hexadecimal Cancel FIS Type Oe Register Host to Device PM Port C Command FIS Type Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter Featu
169. erial Attached SCSI SAS data transfers 9 session 246 Set Alias Name 18 Set as Second Data Payload 149 set device bits FIS 59 Set Port Configuration dialog 91 Set the Anchor row as sync point 203 Set Time Stamp Origin 158 Set Timers dialog 98 Setting button 138 Setting dialog 138 settings advanced mode 102 Settings command 151 Settings dialog 151 Settings tab 87 102 Setup command 13 show all data in data field 185 Show Analyzer command 227 Show Description window 153 Show Device Library button 274 Show Device Library command 227 Show Grid 153 Show Library command 227 Show Output 153 Show Output command 227 Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length 204 Show Trainer command 227 Show Warning in Search Primitive In Column View 204 Show XXXX value 90 Show Hide CMD packet in results display 178 298 Show Hide Compare 2 Data Payloads button 149 Show Hide DLLP packet in results display 178 Show Hide Field 182 Show Hide Link Packet button 178 Show Hide Physical Packet in results display 178 Show Hide TLP packet in results display 178 Show Hide Transport Packet button 178 Simulation Mode 22 Sleep statement 282 SMP Command report 131 SMP frame 55 SMP Frame Pattern dialog 55 78 SMP Transport report 129 Snapshot mode 63 Soft Reset dialog 83 Software default 199 software installation 13 sorting column content 142 Spec View 120 180 Spread Sheet Color Setting 203 Spreadsheet View 26 spreadsheet view 117 SS
170. ess frame type SMP Frame SAS only Double click SMP Frame to open the SMP Frame Pattern dialog SMP Frame Type f xj Format SMP Frame Types Any SMP Frame Type A Y Binary Function Any SMP Frame T ype Hexadecimal _ Cancel M Show Reserved art Parameter Value SMP Frame Type Function x Any SMP Frame Type Any Function ha in mee E YA vii 2 Blase les Check All Uncheck A Figure 2 21 SAS SMP Frame Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Choose a SMP Frame Type and Function from the drop down list box and choose a frame type Assign a specific function to the frame by clicking the down arrow next to the Function list box and choose a function Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 55 Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Errors SSP Frame SAS only Double click SSP Frame to open the SSP Frame Pattern dialog AA i x Format OK SSP Frame Type Any Type s v C Binary ms gt Hexadecimal Cancel Destination 545 Address Source SAS Address PRR Changing Data Pointer ReTransmit TLA CONTROL Number of Fill Bytes Tag OA Target Port Transfer Tag eS Data Offset PS Retry Data Frames Vn F2 Fr Fi CAA li ee mi a Check All Uncheck 4 l Figure 2 22 SAS SSP Frame Type Dialog Choose a SSP Frame Type from the drop down list and click OK FIS Frame Information Structure SATA onl
171. etting The Analyzer can send a Low or High external signal anytime a trigger occurs Select the External Trig Out Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Enter the External TrigOut pulse width Note The External TrigOut pulse width field supports increments of 16 ns starting from 64 ns and up to 1024 ns External Trig In Setting An external Low or High input signal can cause triggering Select the External Trig In Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output 3 18 Update Device The Update Sierra Device command allows you to update a Sierra M6 1 Analyzer or CATC Sync expansion card whose current version is incorrect 1 Click Setup gt Update Sierra Device to display the Device Setup dialog see Figure 3 132 on page 209 208 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Update Device Teledyne LeCroy Dev Name Type Cur Reg Status File Name Update Selected Sierra Firmware 1 06 1 06 GE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Analzers 13 10 13 10 PES C Program Files LeCroy s Update All Sierra Emulators 23 10 23 10 POE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Analyzer 33 10 3310 PUES C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Self Test 4312 43 12 MBE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Infusion 53 20 53 20 MES C Program FilessLeCroy s hf Sierra Trainer 63 01 63 00 BRI C Program FilessLeCroy s
172. etup Menu Teledyne LeCroy Number of Runs Each Test You can specify to run a test more than once Run All Tests Sequentially This option runs all items in the Clock Memory Serdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion and LED Buzzer tests in order After you check this check box the command button becomes Start All Tests You must click the Stop Test button on the LED Buzzer tab to stop the check 3 21 3 Memory Check To perform a SDRAM or Exerciser RAM memory check select the Memory tab x Clock Memory Serdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Test Result Be Memory W SDRAM IM Exerciser RAM Save error details Cave IH C Program Files LeCroysleCroy SATA Protocol SuitesUserErrors detail sl El i Append error details ale Number Of Run Each Test f O Run All Tests Sequentially start Memory Check Close Figure 3 142 SAS Self Test Dialog Memory Tab Choose the SDRAM Exerciser Data or Exerciser Instruction to test and click the Start Memory Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 215 Teledyne LeCroy Setup Menu 3 21 4 Serdes Check To perform an FPGA 1 or 2 Serdes Chip check select the Serdes tab x Clock Memory Serdes crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer reas 1_Serdes Chip 0 FPGA 1_Serdes Chip 1 PFPGA 1 serdes Chip 2 freca 1 serdes Chip 3 re
173. etup Teledyne LeCroy Data Pattern Double click Data Pattern in the Pattern window to open the Data Pattern dialog Data Pattern Format e SSP Hashed Source 5 45 Address EEEE Binary ie Hexadecimal Cancel C STP Hashed Destination SAS Address a NOT Data Data Offset 0 Dwords 0 255 E 0 LT o Lc a gt oo e o o e w a TT ooe o a 1 ooo e a TT ooo e f a TE ORAR a DAA Mi FP Fa Fi Ti PT FT T T4 Check All Uncheck All Count Especie number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 48 SAS Data Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port at the top and does not show SSP or STP Define the data pattern for triggering and click OK Note When entering the data pattern in the Data section of this screen if you are reading the data pattern from a recorded trace you must reverse the order of the bytes listed for each DWORD entered For example if you want to trigger on OO 01 02 03 as displayed in the trace you must enter this DWORD pattern as 03 02 01 00 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 73 Teledyne LeCroy Trigger Setup Training Sequence Double click Training Sequence in the Patterns window of the Trigger dialog to open the Training Sequence dialog Training Sequence Byte Bit F 6 3 4 3 2 1 0 0 Pattern Type Reserved PAA Reserved Mn Wie vib 7 14 Miri Eltre vita W T4 Expected numb
174. evice library that you want to run on the device 5 To run the scenario click the Start Scenario button from the Device Library toolbar The device starts to monitor modify traffic Note Step 1 is described in detail for each example in following sections Steps 2 to 5 are described in detail at the end of this chapter 4 8 Creating Global Rules This section gives examples for creating the Global Rules area of a scenario Recall that the Global Rules area defines a single test state The Global Rules do not have the capacity for multiple states so that area of a scenario cannot change state In terms of InFusion testing a state defines test behavior In this context behavior is waiting for an event and responding with an action or set of actions that happen simultaneously Keep in mind that a test state you implement with the Global Rules operates in parallel with the active test state of each sequence in the scenario In effect InFusion lets you do up to three line tests at the same time You can do one test with the Global Rules and a separate test with each sequence you create You can have up to two sequences in a scenario The following table summarizes the Global Rules examples that follow Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 251 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules TABLE 4 4 Global Rules Examples Example Description 1 Creating a single event and action removes a primitive
175. execute scenario and save result in the log file a Rec Analyzer Run Batch 4 New Script 0 Batch Script is valid Note Before you run a Scenario Batch file that requests scenarios you must download the scenarios to the Scenarios box 4 12 2 Error Checking The Script Workspace shows errors by red color The program reports all errors in the log file If you use a script from other InFusion hardware it may cause an error for example mismatch in hardware Mac addresses or scenarios that are not already in current hardware 1 New Script 0 pb x FO Label0 Run N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Click here to add another script command Label i Run X 12871 Port 2 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 277 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files 4 12 3 Log Results of executable batch commands are saved automatically into a log file with user specified name The status of executable commands is shown in log area 4 12 4 Statements Statements can be conditional statements or non conditional statements IfisStopped Shows whether a scenario is already stopped or not Format IfIsstopped Serial Number Target Port Parameters a Serial Number Serial number of hardware au Target Port Port number in port map 278 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files Teledyne LeCroy Example IfIsstopped ox01267 1 Then Beep 750 300 Run
176. ext View resets column width only You can use Tile Horizontally All Views icon or select View gt Tile Views to a revert any unintended window docking or sizing or maximize screen utilization This function only tiles views inside a trace window Note that there is no command to tile views vertically EN The Data Report button displays the data report mr You can use this tool to incrementally Show or Hide eo Ports either one at a time or multiple ports at the a mee om Same time For multiple ports select the desired ports to Show or Hide and click Apply see Show Hide Ports on page 177 3 5 1 Go To Menu Locate Cursors To quickly locate any cursor within the data viewer display click the Go To button and choose the cursor to locate You can also locate a cursor by selecting Go To from the Edit menu and choosing the cursor to locate see Figure 3 72 on page 155 154 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy AE e Trigger Position A Position Y Position Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Figure 3 72 Locate Cursor Go to Time Stamp To locate a timestamp click the Go To button and choose Timestamp lape e Trigger Position A Position Y Position Packet Mo Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End Figure 3 73 Time Stamp Enter a time stamp value in the Go To Timestamp dialog and click OK Go To Time Stamp a Goto D00 Woo m
177. external trigger mechanism You do not need an external trigger cable Note When the analyzer triggers it triggers on a packet before the actual trigger event occurs The trace triggers more than 1 us before the event actually occurs The trigger is on the Initator side instead of the Target side as set in the scenario 4 6 Scenario Actions After you enter the set of events for a test state the menu driven interface prompts you for the corresponding action or set of actions If you define multiple actions the actions occur simultaneously 244 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions Teledyne LeCroy EE Action Properties id l ioj xj Type Properties qu Analyzer Trigger Type Action ie Beep Description pu Capture Data Dword Random Ho E Inject Ever Nth occurence 1 CRC Error Monitor Count Mot monitored z Invalid 10bit code Error Running Disparity Error Insert Address Frame 2 FIS Frame SAS Primitive SATA Primitive z SMP Frame SSP Frame Insert DWORD l Link a Disconnect Reconnect z Monitor Count l Remowe E Z Frame Partially Primitive Whole Frame El SMW z Speed Negotiation Retime Speed Negotiation Violation Stop Scenario l Substitute Data Dword with SAS primitive with SATA primitive Trigger Output x era i Figure 4 14 Action Properties Dialog The following table lists supported actions Note that some of these action
178. fic item you exclude everything but that item for display Type Open Address Frame SSP Frame Identif Address Frame Figure 3 50 SAS Type Choosing Custom allows you to specify more than one item for display 140 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Custom Filter xj Show selected items Identify Address Frame Open Address Frame _Lheck Ail SMP Frame Reset All SSP Frame STP Frame C Show conditional items Equal to y fo Figure 3 52 SATA FIS Type Choosing Custom allows you to specify more than one item for display Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 141 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Custom Filter xi Show selected items DMA Activate DMA Setup Check All Data Reset All PIO Setup Register Device to Host Register Host to Device Set Device Bits C Show conditional items Equal to fo Figure 3 53 SATA Custom Filter Check the items to display and click OK Sorting Column Content To sort column content click the heading for that column Repeated clicking of the column heading sorts the column in ascending or descending order Type A Direction Duration Count Al Al v All Al Open Address Frame I gt T 18 39999962 us 69 28 51 SMP Frame T gt 1 4 53333330 us 17 7 02 SMP Frame I gt T 1 81333339 us 17 7 02 SSP Frame T gt 1 23 12000084 us 53 21 90 SSP Frame I gt T 14 48000050 us 35 14 46 STP Frame
179. figuration for InFusion Teledyne LeCroy Alternatively assign the scenario using the Library and Scenario drop down lists Library Scenario aF SN 61658 New Scenario 1 a hd SN 61658 ProductionTesiBeep t New Scenario 1 New Scenario 10 New Scenario 3 New Scenario 4 New Scenario 5 New Scenario 6 Substitute Status cor New Scenario E New Srenarin A After you have assigned scenarios to ports in the first row of icons use the first green arrow icon to Run Stop All Ports or use the numbered green arrows to Run Stop an individual port Note A port row is grayed out when that port is running a scenario 4 3 Port Configuration for InFusion The InFusion Jammer port configurations must match the Analyzer port configurations for the infusion analyzer to work Select Configuration gt Port Configuration to display the Set Port Configuration dialog To record traffic select Jammer on the port that you want to jam In the following figure there is a match on Port 1 Set Port Configuration ho xl Available Functionality by Setup and licensed Features Analyzer Target Emulator Initiator Emulator Jammer Trainer Cancel 0 Available TE 2 Available IE 2 Available Y 2 Available D 2 Available Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Ports Configuration For Current Setup Serial Num Ports Assignment Hamilton SM 61666 0 lt FOEZ2 01 S 02 EN Figure 4 5 Ports Configura
180. fore the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s occur s Note Start Events start the timer and repetitions of the Start Events are ignored until the End Events are encountered or the timer amp xcires Cancel Figure 2 38 Timeout Dialog Start Events starts the timer in Timeout Trigger and End Events triggers the analyzer if first trigger mode is selected or resets the trigger if second trigger mode is selected Repetitions of the Start Events are ignored until the End Event is encountered or the timer expires Select a pattern for Start Events or End Events enter a Timeout value then select Trigger Mode QO If End Events occur before timer expires QO If timer expires before End Events Note Timeouts can only be configured from the Timeout Pattern dialog The Timeout Pattern dialog allows configuring other patterns as triggers in combination with timeouts Other pattern dialogs do not allow configuration of timeouts Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 67 Teledyne LeCroy Trigger Setup External Manual Trigger To set up an external or manual trigger To set up the trigger click the External Manual Trigger category External Manual Trigger Wl Manual Trig External Trig y I L 3 High clive Low Active Toggle For changing the external trig setting go to Configuration menu and select External Trig Setting Figure 2 3
181. from the target 13 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 265 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence 14 Click the prompt to add an action for State 1 New Scenario O X Mo action specified For the event Address Frame 0x00 IDENTIFY in Sequence O State 1 Click here to jump to the pro Status Nok saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence O a State O A Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO ddressFremeType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Initiator then Branch to State 1 State 1 ld E Wait for Click here to add i action Figure 4 36 Example 7 Adding an Action to the Second State The Action Properties dialog box appears 15 In this example you enter the action Beep and you set the duration of the beep for 1 second 16 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 266 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy 17 You are finished creating the first sequence Click the add another sequence prompt to create an area in the scenario for the second sequence Sequence 1 New Scenario O Scenario is valid Status Nok saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global B
182. g data block using a text editor select the data block to edit from the Data Block Name list then click Save As to open the Save As dialog Assign a name to the new data block text file and click Save You can now edit the newly created text file using Notepad or any other text editor then import it into the data block definition as described above Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 107 Teledyne LeCroy Counter 108 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Manipulation 3 1 Viewer Display After data is captured Recorded the Viewer displays a sample file scs for SAS and sts for SATA in Packet View Address Frame Type Protocol Initiator Port H Connection Rate Features H Initiator Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H 0x1 Open 0x9 3 0 Gbps S5000E0C 471665000 Source SAS Address H Source Zone Group H Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Wait Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data H 5000E0C42FB5D004 0000 00000000 F87BA6ES 765 ET L E Link y r _ ee ae SS O SMP Cmc inati Expander Chg Count D Vendor ld 4 S000E0C42F B5D00 S000E0C 471865000 0x01 Report manufacturer information Product Id 4 Prat Rev Lwl H 0x00 Smp function accepted aS CC Link Address Frame Type Protocol Initiator Port H Connection Rate Features H Initiator Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H 772 0x1 Open 0x9 3 0 Gbps S000EOCA71865
183. g of SAS and SATA data traffic Logical and chronological traffic displays Statistical reporting Trace memory of 2 GB or 4 GB GbE amp USB 2 0 host interfaces Capture triggering and filtering of Serial Attached SCSI packets or Serial ATA packets TX Vout on transmitters for test and characterization Automation API Error Injection Functionality Jammer DO OUCODODODODDODoDoDOoOoCco ODO O 10 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Receiving Your Analyzer Teledyne LeCroy 1 3 Receiving Your Analyzer The analyzer package includes the following components O OOCOCODO ODO O 1 Sierra M6 1 Analyzer identified in the packing list 1 USB A B 2 0 cable 1 8 meter 1 Ethernet cable 10 feet 2 SATA cables 0 5 meter 2 SATA cables 0 15 meter 1 Sync cable 10 pin 6 inch 1 DC power pack and cord 1 Installation CD ROM with software and documentation 1 Sierra M6 1 Quick Start manual 1 4 Unpacking the Analyzer Inspect the shipping container for any damage Unpack the container and account for each of the system components listed on the accompanying packing list Visually inspect each component for any damage In the event of damage notify the shipper and Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Retain all shipping materials for shipper s inspection 1 9 Analyzer Features 1 5 1 Front Panel The Analyzer has the following features on the front E OOOO Power Indicator LED green Status LED blue Host SATA
184. g verification scripts button 3 on the main tool bar The Run Verification Scripts dialog opens from which you choose and then run one or several verification scripts Verification script ProtocolError Y sample_ata_commands yx sample_ssp_protocol SampleMetricsExport2HtmlExcel SMP_DiscoverAndReporTracking ma Le n O Rinse ATAPI SCSI commands count 2 Expand Log Figure 3 68 Run Verification Scripts Dialog Result A fig Run verification script s C Users Public Documents LeC NCQ Max Pending IO 27 scs ol a Example SATA ATAPI Verification Script Provides an example of processing of SATA ATAPI traffic at the ATA command level his script counts some specific SCSI commands that is issued by ATAPI commands hese SCSI commands are counted Inquiry Read 10 Yvrite 10 ModeSelect 10 and ModeSense 10 CETS To expand the Log window click the Expand Log button The Log window fills the whole window To see the Verification Scripts window again click the Collapse Log button To save output click the Save Output button Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Running Verification Script Engine VSE Teledyne LeCroy 2 After choosing Settings from the drop down list or the button the Settings dialog appears Choose Editor application and editing settings Notepad by default C Other Path to the editor Browse Ed
185. ggles the display of the CMD packets cmp When ON only the command layer displays SATA only The Show Hide Command Queue CQ button displays queued commands SATA only The CQ button s hierarchy only applies to ReadDMAQueued and WriteDMAQueued The hierarchy for other queued commands is displayed as part of the regular application layer decoding The Order Reorder toggles the time order of packets SATA only 31 The Pack Unpack Repeated Primitives toggles packing repeated primitives in one port SAS only The 10B button displays the payload data as 10 bit encoded data 10B i The 8B button displays the payload as 8 bit scrambled or unscrambled data B depending on the Scrambled setting The SC button selects scramble unscramble for the 8 bit payload data so Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy The PV button shows hides the primitive value PY 3 6 1 CATC Navigation View To change the trace display to a CATC Trace click the CATC Navigation button see Figure 3 96 on page 179 You can change the colors fonts and so on in the Trace Viewer Configuration see Trace Viewer Configuration on page 190 LEE Tare Y iones Sor 018 9 1 PLA a o RS a el a fe xl oj COCA 88s w Trans 1 gt Start Start SMP di Request Length H 1 34 800 993 280 min 55 040 us Trans 2 R Start Start 1 34 801 048 320 min 293 ns
186. gister Host to Device Ox27 Binary f Hexadecimal Register Host to Device 0527 Cancel Register Device to Host 0x34 J Set Device Bits Dh Activate 0x39 041 FIS Type ORES tto Device O85F PH Part DxaE C Command Features LEA Low LBA Mid LEA High Device LBA Low exp LBA Mid exp EEE Mi Fer Fi Fi Ti Pr Fri Ta Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 19 SATA FIS Patterns Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Available FIS Types O Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data a Vendor OOOUOUOUDL Address Frame SAS only 54 Choose a FIS Type from the drop down list and click OK Repeat for additional types Double click Address Frame to open the Address Frame Type Pattern dialog see Figure 2 20 on page 55 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Errors Teledyne LeCroy Address Frame Type E x Format CB inary Hexadecimal Address Frame Type Any Address Frame Type X e Any Address Frame Type Cancel M Show Reserved and Parameter Value Address Frame Type x Any Address Frame Type Milt fue Eea fe fa ERA fa po o ds eel Ft Check All Uncheck ai Figure 2 20 SAS Address Frame Type Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the Address Frame Types list box and choose an addr
187. gn 1 If an Align 1 is received next go to Wait for Align 2 otherwise replace primitive with Align 1 and go to Indicate Error Wait for Align 2 If an Align 2 is received next go to Wait for Align 3 otherwise replace primitive with Align 2 and go to Indicate Error Wait for Align 3 If an Align 3 is received next restart test otherwise replace primitive with Align 3 and go to Indicate Error Indicate Error Indicate error and restart test 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 As in previous examples create the five states for this sequence 272 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy 3 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Fix Aligns Test box File Library c A X ein SequenCES GH Align Test I Fix Aligns Test Scenario Name Fix Alis Test Description Detect incorrect order of Alis FIX IT and beep when it happens Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence Wait for Aliqgnd Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Wait for Alignl Click here to add another action Wait for Timer 100 us lt Click here to add combined event
188. gure 3 140 SAS Self Test Command on Tools Menu Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 213 Teledyne LeCroy Setup Menu 214 3 21 2 Clock Check Saving To perform a Clock check choose the clock to test and click the Start Clock Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line x Clock Memory Serdes crosspoint Main FPGS Expansion LED Buzzer Clock Type Test Result al Giress 1 System Clock 1S0MHz hrrGA 1_Memory clock 166MHz GGIFPGA 1_PCI Clock 66MHz rPca 1_Serdes_0 TX clock GFPGA 1 serdes_0 RX clack BrPGa 1_Serdes_1 TX clock frpGA 1 serdes_1 RX clock BrPca 1 serdes_2 TX clock fhrrGA 1 serdes_2 RX clock frrGA 1 serdes_3 TX clock frrGA 1 serdes_3 RX clock Mireca 2 System Clock 150MHz frrGA 2 Memory clock 166MHz l Save eror details Save in JC NProgram FilessSLeCroy LeCroy SATA Protocol SuitesUseryErrors detail st M Append error details pe Number OF Run Each Test f Run All Tests Sequentially Start Clock Check Close Figure 3 141 SATA Self Test Dialog Clock Tab Test Result OK or Error If a test is OK and you specified one run the Test Result is OK 1 times If a test has an error and you specified one run the Test Result is Error 1 times You can save any check result by checking the Save error details check box and specifying a destination file name Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual S
189. h InFusion device for test execution You can think of the libraries as windows that hold scenarios Recall that each library is a separate infdb file Main Library When you launch the InFusion application it opens a window called the Main Library The main library is the default workspace for creating and storing new scenarios The main library corresponds with the following file in the InFusion folder on the host machine s hard drive default infdb File Libraries You can save the main library with a name other than default while still using the infdb file extension The new file becomes a file library that is functionally equivalent to the main library with the following exception It does not open by default in the Main Library window You can navigate to other file libraries using the File Manager of the InFusion application In this manual the main library and other infdb file libraries are collectively called general libraries If you select Open Library you see a window similar to the following Look in 3 InFusion E TestCasesForS47T4 infdb A E TargetTransportLayer infdb Mu Recent Ej TargetLinkLayer infdb Documents Ed realweorld infdb El ManualExamples infdb El InitiatorTransportLayer infdb Ej InitiatorLinkLayer infdb 3 DEFAULT infdb Docs Desktop My Documents P My Computer a File name gt My Network Files of type InFusion Library Files infdb Figure 4 8 Open Libr
190. he Filtering Setup button opens the Filter dialog see Filtering on page 158 and allows you to specify the criteria for filtering the result The Enable Disable Filtering button toggles the result between a filtered and unfiltered view see Filtering on page 158 The Filter Idle button toggles the display to show hide idle packets see Filtering on page 158 The Hide RRDY Primitives button toggles the display to show hide RRDY primitives see Filtering on page 158 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 153 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar The Hide Unassociated Traffic button toggles the display to show hide unassociated traffic see Filtering on page 158 The Hide All Primitives button toggles the display to show hide all primitives see Filtering on page 158 Note When capturing PM traces you need the ability to filter the PM primitives so you can find commands quicker The Zoom In button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar magnifies the data display area on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View increases column width only The Zoom Out button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar scales the data display area to display more data lines on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View decreases column width only The Normal Zoom button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar resets the zoom to default normal on the screen Clicking this button in Column or T
191. he category and click the Add gt gt button or double click the category to open a corresponding definition dialog To remove an item highlight it in the Project Tree then click the lt lt Remove button Triggering on a Timer Triggering based on a timer means that the trigger is activated when the timer expires Other triggers can preempt the timed trigger while it is counting down the time The timer starts when the project s started You can set a timer independently of any other trigger selection to cause an unconditional trigger after a set time To set the timer value double click Timer in the Pattern window to open the Timer dialog x Timer Value fi Milli Seconds Time Unit _ Cancel milliseconds C microseconds Figure 2 37 Timer Dialog Check a Time Unit enter the Timer Value and click OK Timeout Selecting Timeout for the pattern displays the Timeout Pattern dialog see Figure 2 38 on page 67 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup Teledyne LeCroy Timeout Pattern E x Faten ooo fa External Trigger Add gt gt Bus Condition ae Symbol Remove lt lt Primitive STP Frame eee ATAPI Add gt gt Address Frame Remove lt lt SMP Frame SSP Frame CCCI Parar un el x Mote Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value fi f milizeconds microseconds Trigger mode f Trigger if the End Eventis occur s be
192. he first analyzer Connect the male DB 14 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Cascading Sierra Analyzers Teledyne LeCroy 9 end of the Micro D to DB 9 cable to the female DB 9 end of a second Micro D to DB 9 cable Connect the Micro D end of the second Micro D to DB 9 Sync cable to the Sync port of the second analyzer Connect the male DB 9 end of the second Micro D to DB 9 cable to the female DB 9 end of a third Micro D to DB 9 Sync cable Connect the Micro D end of the third Micro D to DB 9 Sync cable to the Sync port of the third analyzer gt gt gt S A a E S a EY E O ES Figure 1 6 Example Cascading Three Analyzers with Micro D to DB 9 Cables To connect a Sierra M6 1 analyzer to a Sierra M6 2 or M6 4 analyzer with a CATC SYNC Expansion Card connect the Micro D end of a Micro D to DB 9 Sync cable ACO30XXA X to the Sync port of the Sierra M6 1 analyzer Connect the female DB 9 end of the Micro D to DB 9 cable to the CATC SYNC OUT port of the Sierra M6 2 or M6 4 analyzer Figure 1 7 Cascading M6 1 and M6 2 or M6 4 Analyzers with a Micro D to DB 9 Cable Note You cannot connect a Sierra M6 1 analyzer to a Sierra M6 2 or M6 4 analyzer with a STX SYNC Expansion Card Note The Self Test SAS Verification Test SATA Compliance Test and Update License functions only work on unit 1 when the analyzers are set up in cascading mode Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA P
193. her event schist here to off anouhetggvente Click here to add a Sequence gt bus For Help press F1 CAP MUM SCRL Figure 4 30 Example 6 Entering the Second Event The Event Properties dialog box appears 4 Inthe Type column on the left choose Timer Set the timer for random timing with a maximum time limit of 1 790 seconds 5 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 6 Click the prompt to add an action to correspond with the second event 4 Tf ACK Inject Error IF ACK Inject Error box Mo action specified For the event Random Timer Max Time 1 790 sY in Global Rules Click here to jump to th Status Not saved Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error 3 Description Wait for ACK inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Bules lil Wait for ACK from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Inject Bunning Disparity Error Click here to add another action e Wait for Random Timer Max Time 1 790 s lt Click here to add combined event Click here to add an action Click here to add anoth erent a For Help press F1 COP MOM SCRL Figure 4 31 Example 6 Entering Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears 7 In the Type list on the left choose Stop Scenario as the action that you want after the timer has expired 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User
194. how or Hide see Figure 3 99 on page 181 3 6 Packet View Toolbar The Packet View toolbar allows wrapping zooming and configuration Packet iew Toolbar E x FIO fiee eels e ifen se Pv display to eliminate the need for horizontal scrolling Go to CATC Navigation View Click this button to change the trace display to a CATC Trace You can change the colors fonts and so on in the Trace Viewer Configuration see Set Port Alias on page 194 The Wrap Packets button on the Viewer Toolbar wraps the packet data in the Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 177 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar 178 tak The Show Hide Link Packet button displays hides the Link layer SAS only The Show Hide Transport Packet button on the Layers Toolbar displays hides Trp the Transport layer and below SAS only The Show Hide All Commands Packet button shows hides the App E Command layer and all layers below SCSI Cmd and Task Mng SMP Cmd and ATA Cmd SAS only wka r Click the down arrow on the Show Hide All Commands Packet v SCSI Cmd and Task Mng button to choose command types to show hide v ATA Cmd The Show Hide Physical Packet button toggles the display of physical layer packets SATA only oO ne ac The Show Hide FIS packet button toggles the display of FIS layer packets FIS When OFF the FIS layer and its links are hidden SATA only The Show Hide CMD packet button to
195. imeout 65000 Dword s Y Speed AutoSpeed 1 71 12 72 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 8 Connection Details Simulation Mode Parameters 7 Exclude ALIGN TT Exclude RADY IV Exclude NOTIFY IV Exclude Idle What analyzer triggers on Capture memory settings Tl Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Easy switch to Advanced mode amp Collapse All Expand All Collapse All button hides details in Project Tree A Expand All button expands collapsed Project Tree Figure 2 1 SAS New Analysis Project Dialog The New Project dialog opens with default settings to capture Everything on the bus and to Trigger On on Snapshot The analyzer captures everything immediately without triggering on anything in particular SATA On the Analyzer Menu Bar click File gt New gt SATA Protocol Analyzer to open a SATA Protocol Analyzer dialog Project Tree display Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree AA s SATAProtocolAnalyzer2 Everything J Exclude SYNC 5 00 Captura C Pattem Exclude CONT Everything Exclude DOB Signals Exclude xox Include 990 Exclude Payload except 0 Dword s Y Include SYNC Parameters Include CONT rr Exclude ALIGN P Include OOB Signals E Include Payload of Data Frame IV Exclude Idle Exclude Idle Nhat analyzer triggers on if Sr Trigger on Sequential y 99 Snapshot S
196. imitive as the event and Beep as the action From the Action Properties drop down menu enter 500 ms as the duration of the beep 3 Click the add another action prompt to add a second action d ACK Test box Scenario is valid scenario Name ACK Test Description If ACK beep inject PD error count Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules AT Wait for ACK from Initiator then Beep 500 ms q Click here to add a sequence 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 28 Example 5 Entering the Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears Choose Inject RD Error as the second action Click the add another action prompt to add a third action The Action Properties dialog box appears gt oS SS Choose Monitor Count as the third action Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 259 Teledyne LeCroy Creating Global Rules 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 4 ACK Test l Scenario is valid gt scenario Mame ACK Test Description If ACK beep inject PD error count Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for ACE from Initiator then Beep 500 ms and Inject Bunning Disparity Error and Monitor Count x For Help press Fl Figure 4 29 Example 5 Complete Scenario 9 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario This example sets the counter to increment at each occurrence of an ACK every
197. ine traffic only affects the traffic flowing in the direction established at the top of the scenario in the Scenario Properties Scenario events can be monitored in either direction and therefore the parameters for events provide the ability to specify the intended direction for monitoring traffic for that event SATA Smart Hold Option El Scenario Properties Properties Name Mew Scenario 0 Direction From Initiator Smart Hold Yeg Set DOB QUE Definition Normal Spec Value Smart Hold i Figure 4 12 SATA Scenario Properties Dialog Box Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 239 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Events 240 SATA Scenario Properties have a Smart Hold option which is on by default Each port monitors incoming data which originated with the other device s receiver as close as possible to where it enters the bus engine If a port detects a HOLD primitive during a SATA frame the port stops reading data from the FIFO and generates HOLDA The HOLD propagates through the bus engine and eventually goes to the other device where the HOLD causes the other device to send HOLDA The bus engine FIFOs must be deep enough to hold all the traffic that the other device sends while the HOLD propagates The port drops all incoming HOLDA conditions so HOLDAs are never put in the FIFOs or made visible to the sequencers After this the port that had been receiving the HOLD stops sending HOLDA and atte
198. ing The Quick View Warning pops up when attempting to close a trace that has not yet been saved and is only shown in Quick View mode This checkbox allows to turn off this popup LBA mode Checking this box enables LBA mode for ATA decoding CHS mode Checking this box enables CHS mode for ATA decoding According to LBA mode in ATA command Checking this box enables decoding according to LBA mode in ATA command for ATA decoding Configuration Clicking Configuration displays the Trace Viewer Configuration dialog see Figure 3 126 on page 202 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 201 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences 202 Trace Yiewer Configuration EF ATA Com Fields Value Protocol Normal Output EERIE Features Logical sectors per logi SectorCount SectorOffeet Error LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High LBA Native Max Address Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Head Number Command Regum Reserved PortNurn Humber of sectors to bi naobs j Field Setting Format Hexadecimal e visible Byte Order Fight Align Field Header Setting C Name Abbreviation Foreground Data Payload Columns in Aow fig Column Bytes in Columr fi Byte Error Output Viewer Setting e Wrap Packet e Enable Tooltip Time Stamp Origin Absolute Trigger User Define
199. ini A A 236 ASA O IS A O vu cnces tieup cauuiean nsec N 237 AS Scenario EV CIS onrein a aaa 240 45 1 DWORD Mato a a 242 402 Address Frame o E AEE N A A Ra aE 243 493 VAS Data Paleon saca 243 ASASATA Data PANE Neona E A N OE 243 ADO Analyzer THC E E A A E A 244 46 Scenario A ClIONS nina ld 244 4 6 1 AVallaple RESOUIGCES ir 247 4 6 2 Using Counters in Events and ACtiONS oococncoccconcccncccnconccnncnnnconncnnronnrnnrnnnrnnnrnnnrnnnennrnnnrnnrnanrrnnrrnnrnanenn 248 4 6 3 Gapturing a Data DWORD ai da 249 4 6 4 Using Gapturea Data DWORDS cuina dd iia 249 4 7 Summary Of Scenario Creation vous dida 251 439 Creating Global RUIOS cui iia 251 AS wise hesaiitar nas coat aance tut out a a A E 252 4 9 Creating a Sequence iii 262 4 10 Downloading Scenarios coonccoccccnococcccnnconnconcnconanonarennnonnnnnnnrnnnrrnnnrnnnrnnnrrnnrrnnrrnnrrnnnrrnnnenans 274 AA TL RUNDINO SCO ANN OS iii tl 275 4 12 SCOnarlo Batch Fleitas 275 A12 1 Script W rkSpaC narine Se 275 A122 Eror CHECKING ainia adi 277 Al RR 278 4 124 State Meninas 278 4 129 GOO LAD An O O 279 412 6 RUN iia 280 AO Ao 281 4 12 8 Ei A A E E 281 4 129 BEED A O A O 283 Appendix A Creating a Pattern Generator File oocooncoccccnconcocnconnonronnonar 285 ST AEV WOTO Sita o 285 6 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy 52 Comment TO Malo aisss 286 5 3 Primitive definition format id 286 5 4 Loop definition O Ma bis 286 5 5 Scramble defi
200. ions are consumed 3 more actions are required for Every Nth occurrence option Regarding limits on any of the above mentioned connections i e x timers y monitors are allowed per state where x y n There are a lot of big small rules checked by the scenario compiler but as a rule of thumb 8 actions per state are available 12 counters globally are available each assigned permanently to a certain job 6 available timers per scenario 12 programmable multi purpose resources for DWORD comparison substitution capture are available If a pattern detector uses 3 of these resources to trigger on a specific frame on the bus only 9 more resources are available for other tasks Frame FIS type detectors are excluded from this rule because they use their own dedicated resources 8 primitive detectors are available If you want to trigger on a pattern Frame FIS and change capture a dword s before the last offset of a detected pattern e g changing the Frame Type of a SAS Frame with Data Offset 11223344 you are limited to a maximum of 9 dword offset i e if you trigger on the 20th payload of a Data FIS you can change capture the 12th dword onwards 11th payload dword and preceding dwords are not accessible for change capture Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 233 Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Scenarios 234 You can not change a state based on back to back events At 6G speed there should be at least one dwor
201. istic Report see Figure 3 44 on page 136 click the PM Statistic tab The PM Statistic Report displays information in the following columns O Request Type PMREQ_P Request Port Response Type All Custom PMACK Response Time Request Entering Delay Response Entering Delay Wakeup Type Request DC Idle Time Response DC Idle Time Request Wakeup Time ODOOOOUOUUOUUD Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 135 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis O Response Wakeup Time a Count All Custom or a number SY S a Y 11 gt of 1 PMREG_P PM Statistic Move X Cursor General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Protocol Error Performance PM Statistic PM Performance Others Request Type REQ Port Response Type Response Time REQ Entering Delay RESP Entering Delay Wakeup Type REQ DC Idle Time RESP DC Idle Time REQ Wakeup Time RESP Wakeup Tir PMREQ_P 293 333 344 ns 813 333 us 066 667 us 037 973 ms 059227 ms 24 160000 us Figure 3 44 SATA PM Statistic Report PM Performance Report SATA To display the PM Performance Report click the PM Performance tab The PM Performance Report displays information in the following columns Port Partial Request Partial ACKed Partial NACKed Slumber Request Slumber ACKed Slumber NACKed Partial Time Slumber Time Partial Time Total Time Slumber Time Total Time O O OODODODDDODO O
202. it all selected scripts in one process T Open all included files T Launch editor application in full screen Path to the template file for a new script Je program files lecroy eas protocol suite 545 Browse Display settings M Show the full path for the trace file in dialog caption Restore don t maximize dialog at start M Load last output from saved log files when possible M Activate dialog after script s stop running M Remember dialog layout T Ignore possible run time errors and warnings Saving settings T Save log files to the folder which is relative to the trace file path Path to the folder where to save output log files Je program files lecroyeas protocol suite 545 Browse Save logs automatically after scripts stopped running OF Cancel Figure 3 69 Run Verification Scripts Settings Dialog Choose the editor application Notepad or other Edit all selected scripts in one process If the editor supports multiple documents you can edit all scripts in the editor Open all included files You can edit included files as well as the main script Launch editor application in full screen You can use whole screen Path to the template file for a new script You can use a template for the script Display Settings can show full trace file path restore dialog at start load last output from save log files activate dialog after scripts have run remember dialog layout and ignore errors and wa
203. ization Pl Cancel button kills upload immediately E Close previous trace file when new trace file opens Create statistical report read write page E Show Quick View Waming ATA decoding mode E LBA mode CHS mode According to LBA mode in ATA command Figure 3 21 Enabling Read Write Statistical Report Note This settings should be enabled before you capture the trace file Teledyne LeCroy If you have already captured a trace file and want to create a read write statistical report for the sample perform the following steps 1 oa a Enable the read write settings as mentioned above Open the trace file Set the X pointer on the first packet in the viewer Set the Y pointer on last packet in the viewer Save as the trace file using the X to Y option Now the saved trace file will contain the read write statistical report Report between Cursors Click the option button next to the From cursor selection drop down list Then click the From down arrow and choose the 1st cursor click the To down arrow to choose the 2nd cursor and click OK see Figure 3 22 on page 124 The resulting report has only the capture between the cursors Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 123 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis From x Cursor y To T Cursor y No RESIES S C From Sequence Figure 3 22 Report between Cursors Report between Events Click the option button next to the
204. ize start logging stop logging and clear the Output window Show Device Library Displays hides the scenarios of the current device library Port Configuration Displays the port configuration dialog See Port Configuration for InFusion on page 231 Show Analyzer Returns to the Protocol Analyzer Show Trainer Goes to the Trainer window Run Batch Script Runs a scenario batch file Stop Batch Script Stops a running scenario batch file Rec Analyzer Starts recording on the current analyzer using the current project Stop Stops recording on the current analyzer Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 227 Teledyne LeCroy Interface 228 Abort Aborts recording 4 2 2 Menus The InFusion interface has the following menus File see command descriptions in the Buttons section above O a O O a O O m O O m Setup O m O O View O O Configuration New Scenario Open Scenario File Library or Main Library Open an InFusion database infdb file Launch Analyzer Launch Trainer New Batch Script Save Batch Script As New Library Close Library File Library or Main Library Save Library Save Copy of Library As Open Log File Print Setup Recent Trace Files Recent Project Files Close External Trig Setting see External Trig Setting on page 208 Update Sierra Device see Update Device on page 208 All Connected Devices Status Bar Views Libra
205. k Found Example in Data Viewer Display Highlight Set Time Stamp Origin and choose either Absolute Trigger Current Position or Based on system time 3 5 2 Filtering The Filtering menu and options allow you to modify data in the sample viewer display to exclude packets with a set of user defined patterns and show the results in all views To set up filtering you must have a viewer display open The Filtering menu has the options O Enable Filtering see Enable Filter on page 169 Filtering see Filter Setup on page 159 Link Layer SAS Transport Layer SAS Application Layer SAS Physical Layer SATA FIS Layer SATA Command Layer SATA Filter Idles see Filter Idle on page 169 DOOUODODUOCD 158 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy 3 5 3 Filter Setup To display the Filter setup dialog click the Filter button on the Viewer toolbar or select View gt Filtering see Figure 3 80 on page 159 Filter Options Command Data Pattern Bus Condition Frimitive Incomplete Frames O SCSI Commands SMP Commands O Task Management Functions 01474 Commands SCSI Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address O Par 545 Address L Protocol Error OI STF Port OTag HOATAFI SCSI Command O Miscellaneous Filter Type i Hide Show T Filter Idle Parts Moo fw 12 Filter Logic AND
206. k here to add an event State oO Click here to ii an event gt Click here to add another state gt Click here to add another sequence gt Figure 4 34 Example 7 Adding an Event for the First State The Event Properties dialog box appears 5 Inthe Event Properties dialog box select Address Frame as the event 264 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence 6 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 7 Inthe State O area click the prompt to add an action New Scenario O Mo action specified For the event Address Frame 0x00 IDENTIFY in Sequence O State O Click here to jump to the pro Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator i Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence State O P Wait for Click here to add A Figure 4 35 Example 7 Adding an Action for the First State The Action Properties dialog box appears 8 For the action select Branch to gt New State 9 Click the OK button to close the Action Properties dialog box Teledyne LeCroy Status Mot saved 10 This saves the action and automatically creates an area for State 1 in the scenario 11 In the State 1 area click the prompt to add an event The Event Properties dialog box appears 12 Choose the Address Frame event In the Direction column select From Target you want State 1 to trigger on an Identify Address frame received
207. k the data expand toggle arrow in a data field to examine the data in detail ATA Command Data 2048 Bytes PM Port H 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt gt a 0 baso 00 00 00 00 60 60 60 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 fy Figure 3 109 Show All Data You can expand or collapse all data fields globally To expand all data fields right click the mouse in a data field and choose Expand All see Figure 3 110 Bookmark Show Field b Hide Field Format d Byte Order Open as data view Set as Refrence Data Payload Set as Second Data Payload Copy Data Copy Command Set Time Stamp Origin Color Soto Figure 3 110 Expand All To collapse all fields right click the mouse in a data field and choose Collapse All You can expand or collapse all FIS s and commands To expand right click the mouse in a data field and choose Expand All FIS s or Expand All ATA Cmd s See Figure 3 111 on page 186 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 185 Teledyne LeCroy Port Status Add Bookmark Show Field Hide Field View Fields Add to Trigger Expand All H s lt j Goto Next Tag FS Goto Previous Tag Shift F5 Set Time Stamp Origin d Color Time Stamp Format Goto Figure 3 111 Expand All FIS s To collapse right click the mouse in a data field and choose Collapse All FIS s or Collapse All ATA Cmd s You can expand or collapse specific packets and commands by clicking
208. l How to Contact Teledyne LeCroy Type of Service Contact Call for technical support US and Canada 1 800 909 7112 Worldwide 1 408 653 1260 Fax your questions Worldwide 1 408 727 6622 Write a letter Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group Customer Support 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 3115 USA Send e mail psgsupport lecroy com Visit Teledyne LeCroy s web site teledynelecroy com Tell Teledyne LeCroy Report a problem to Teledyne LeCroy Support via e mail by selecting Help gt Tell Teledyne LeCroy from the application toolbar This requires that an e mail client be installed and configured on the host machine Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 291 Teledyne LeCroy 292 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Symbols cfg file 194 infdb file 236 Sac files 33 Numerics 10 bit payload data display 178 8 bit payload data display 178 A About 213 Action 234 action counter 248 scenario 244 Action Properties dialog 247 Add Device 19 Add Pattern button 97 Add to Trigger 111 address 291 address frame 54 Address Frame Type Pattern dialog 54 77 Advanced Mode 22 94 alias name 223 ALIGN Transmission Period 90 Analysis Project dialog 39 analyzer overview 9 Anchor the Selection bar 203 As previously saved 200 Ask user to close the previous captured sample before running the new project 199 ATA Command Pattern dialog 71 82 ATA Command Report 1
209. l Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy User Defined 7 x W Primitive Figure 3 60 SATA Choosing a Primitive Check a Connection Type option radio button if available and click OK Zoom You can Zoom from x1 to x256 3 3 14 Bus Utilization View The Bus Utilization View displays information on pending IO To display the Bus Utilization View of the current capture click View gt Bus Utilization View or click the ae button on the View Type toolbar 4 b Pending ATA IO 6 a 22 Zu a pi 1 1 6 066 400 6 066 800 6 067 200 6 067 600 6 068 000 6 068 400 6 068 800 6 069 200 6 069 600 6 070 000 6 070 400 6 070 800 4 b Figure 3 62 SATA Bus Utilization View for Pending ATA IO Available Bus Utilization Views are a Pending SCSI IO for SAS QO Pending ATA IO for SATA Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 145 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Hovering the mouse over the graph heading displays the graph legend QO Go to ATA SCSI Cmd Jump to command Q Synchronize with Trace View Synchronize all open views to that location in the trace QO Fit to Graph Area Zoom to fit a Hide Do not display the graph To synchronize all open views to that location in the trace double click the graph 3 3 15 Bus Utilization Buttons The Bus Utilization window has a row of buttons for changing the format of the displayed data The buttons have the following functions A Hori
210. l Manual Trigger Device Sleep Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command Figure 2 35 SAS Select Patterns for Trigger Project Tree SASProtocolAnalyzerl a Capture GP Include OOO Include OOB Signals fbn Include Payload of Data Frame By Trigger Non Sequential amp P Device Sleep Rising Edge 8 P Primitive AIP NORMAL S F Settings ve Trigger Position in Memory 50 i Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s The SAS Parameters window displays the following trigger pattern categories Timer Timeout External Manual Trigger Device Sleep Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame SCSI Command Data Pattern Training Sequence Protocol Errors O O CDODOODODODODODDO oooO poo O Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup Teledyne LeCroy Define Sequential Trigger Mode This is enabled when more than one pattern is used It allows for the use of a simple state machine of pattern A then pattern B When checked the Count field in each pattern s dialog is enabled see figure below STP Frame Type i x STP Frame Type x Format Format FIS Type Register Hostto Device 0x27 gt C Binary FIS Type Register Hostto Device 0x27 ad C Binary a Hexadecimal Canes a Hexadecimal ee Show Reserved and
211. ly click Save If you uncheck Quick View in the Preferences to disable Quick View the trace loads more slowly but is automatically saved to the host machine s hard drive When Quick View is disabled the Viewer displays successive parts of trace data as they upload As soon as a trace part uploads it is available in all trace views If you only need quick successive traces and do not need to save them keep the default setting to enable Quick View If you need to save all captured traces unchecking the Quick View setting loads traces faster especially for larger traces and slower connections than Gigabit Ethernet To refresh the viewer display with more uploaded data scroll to the end of the trace using scroll bars page down arrow down or CTRL End Newly uploaded data then appears there Note High level decoding and statistics are available only after the whole trace has uploaded The software automatically switches to full trace view after trace uploading finishes Note Users must press CTRL Home to go to the beginning of an uploaded trace and CTRL End to go to the end of an uploaded trace 110 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trace Properties Teledyne LeCroy 3 1 2 Using the Viewer Display To configure the data viewer display use the toolbars You can display the same data in Packet view Spreadsheet view Column view with transactions grouped for each active port Text view with
212. mand Tag LBA Sector Count Xfer Length Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Good Completion Time Performance Standard Deviation O O COCOCODODOD OO O Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis a Teledyne LeCroy Count All Custom or a number 5000628000001074 5000 50000104765 re omy 352 266 662 l 5000625000001074 5000C50000104785 SSP Read10 Ox17C O0x1e65352 0x4 2048 Good 14 481 987 00 5000625000001074 5000C500001047B5 SSP Write10 0x176 0x2a206a5 0x4 2048 Good 968 693 359 3i Figure 3 39 SAS Read Write Command Report Performance Report SAS To display the Performance Report click the Performance tab The Performance Report displays the report data in columns with the following information DO DOCO0ODODODODODODO ooo o oo po O O O Minimum Completion Time Average Completion Time Maximum Completion Time Initiator Bus Utilization Target Bus Utilization Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes Total Read Duration Cmd Minimum Read MB S Cmd Average Read MB S Cmd Maximum Read MB S Total Write Cmd Total Write Bytes Total Write Duration is the sum of all write commands duration Cmd Minimum Write MB S Cmd Average Write MB S is the Total Write Total payload size of all write com mands in sample file in MB Total Completion Time Total completion time of all write commands in sample file in seconds Cmd Maximum Write MB
213. marizes the sequence logic TABLE 4 10 Example 8 Logic of Sequence 0 State Description Wait for Align 0 When an Align 0 is received go to Wait for Align 1 Wait for Align 1 If an Align 1 is received next go to Wait for Align 2 otherwise go to Indicate Error Wait for Align 2 If an Align 2 is received next go to Wait for Align 3 otherwise go to Indicate Error Wait for Align 3 If an Align 3 is received next restart test otherwise go to Indicate Error Indicate Error Indicate error and restart test 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples create the five states for this sequence In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario see Figure 4 39 on page 270 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 269 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence 270 d Align Test Scenario Name Aliqn Test Description Detect incorrect order of Aliqns and beep when it happens Direction for traffic changes T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence Wait for Aliqgnd Wait for ALIGN 0 then Branch to Click here to add Wait for Alignl Wait for ALIGN ilj then Eranch to Wait for ALICN 0 OB ALIGN 12 OB ALIGN 3 then Branch toa Click here to add
214. mpts to read data from the FIFO The termination of HOLD propagates through the bus engine and then causes the other device to restart transmission which puts data into the FIFO Note If both sides send HOLD primitives that overlap the receivers drop the HOLD conditions to avoid overflowing the FIFOs If you turn off the Smart Hold option the port does not send HOLDA when it detects a HOLD primitive during a SATA frame 4 5 Scenario Events A scenario is a script you create using simple mouse clicks and text entries As you work the script takes shape in the scenario area of the application display You can think of the scenario area itself as consisting of two subareas A Global Rules area at the top where you create the Global Rules and a Sequence area beneath the Global Rules where you create any sequences Whether you are creating Global Rules or a Sequence the menu driven interface prompts you to specify the event s for which you want to trigger actions see Figure 4 13 on page 241 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Events EE Event Properties Type p Address Frame 2 Analyzer Trigger 2 Any Dword ATA Command ATA Command Frame ATAPI Both Links Up a CRE Error Z Dword Matcher FIS Frame FIS Type Frame Type Z Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G E 006 hs COMINIT Complete COMINIT Detected i COMSAS Complete i COMSAS Detected i
215. mulator Yes Enable SATA Device Emulator Tool SAS Initiator Emulator Yes Enable SAS Initiator Emulator Tool SAS Traget Emulator Yes Enable SAS Target Emulator Protocol Support SAS Yes Support for SAS protocol Protocol Support SATA Yes Support for SATA protocol Protocol Support STP Yes Support for STP in SAS protocol Protocol Support Pre emphasis Yes Support for Pre emphasis for SAS and SATA protocols Analysis ports 1 Yes Enable one analysis port for blade Analysis ports 2 Yes Enable two analysis ports for blade Analysis ports 4 Yes Enable four analysis ports for blade Analyzer Feature Muxing No Enable Muxing in analyzer Device Target Emulator Ports 1 Yes Enable one port for SATA Device or SAS Target Device Target Emulator Ports 2 Yes Enable two ports for SATA Device or SAS Target Device Target Emulator Ports 4 Yes Enable four ports for SATA Device or SAS Target Host Initiator Emulator Ports 1 Yes Enable one port for SATA Host or SAS Initiator Host Initiator Emulator Ports 2 Yes Enable two ports for SATA Host or SAS Initiator Host Initiator Emulator Ports 4 Yes Enable four ports for SATA Host or SAS Initiator Emulator Feature Muxing No Enable Muxing in Emulator Trainer Ports 1 Yes Enable one Trainer port for blade Trainer Ports 2 Yes Enable two Trainer ports for blade Trainer Ports 4 Yes Enable four
216. n 32KB QO You can limit the range of the saved file You can save m All Packets m Range between selected cursors O Range between bookmarks Save As Display Formats The following figure describes the four different Save As type formats XFER Length Sector Count XFER Length 2048 4 2048 2048 4 2048 Excel File csv format Excel Files Version 1 0 csv format Text Files txt format Text Files Version 1 0 txt format 42 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Saving a Trace Capture Teledyne LeCroy 2 9 2 Export Read Write Command Report You can create an Export Read Write Command Report as an Excel file csv using the Export dialog from the File menu In Setup gt Preferences gt Trace Viewer you must first select Create statistical report read write page in order to create this report If this choice was not made when the trace was taken then use Save As to save the trace file with this preference This will append the Read Write Command Report to the trace file so this action need only be done once When you re open the trace file you should be able to export the report as described above 2 9 3 Export Paired SAS Address Report If Text View is activated from the File menu you can save a Paired SAS Address Report as an Excel file using the Export Paired SAS Address Report dialog see following figure EX Export Paired SAS Address Report Save in m Samples oO y TS Name z Date modified Type el k
217. n a license information dialog to display a list of named features supported by the current software version see Figure 3 138 on page 212 Named features that are not enabled on your system are indicated by No in the Purchased column Whether or not named features are enabled depends on the license key stored in your analyzer If you try to use a feature for which you do not yet have a license the program displays the License Protection Message To use the feature you must purchase a license Hamilton SIN 61658 OxFODA 1 z License information for the product Serial Number 61658 OxFODA Software mainter Available Features Feature Title Purchased Feature Description System Memory Size 166 Mo Enable operation with 1GByte of internal memory System Memory Size 2GB No Enable operation with 2GByte of internal memory System Memory Size 4GB Yes Enable operation with 4GByte of internal memory Us System Memory Size 66D Ho Enable operation with 0GByte of internal memory System Memory Size 16GB No Enable operation with 16GByte of internal memory Rate Support 156 Ye Support for 1 5GBps data rate Rate Support 3G E Support for 3GBps data rate Rate Support 6G Yes Support for 6GBps data rate Tool Pattern Generator Yes Enable Pattern Generator Tool SATA Compliance Yes Enable SATA Compliance Tool SATA Host Emulator Yes Enable SATA Host Emulator Tool SATA Device E
218. n also left click to set the X cursor and right click to set the Y cursor in the Frame and Column View by clicking in the narrow strip on the very left side of a cell Similarly you can set the cursors in the Waveform View by left and right clicking at the beginning of a waveform Time Time differences between the cursors are displayed in the Cursor Position toolbar To display the cursor position toolbar select Toolbar from the view menu and choose Cursor Position x to Y Ons xto T Ons Y to T Ons Figure 3 115 Cursor Position Toolbar Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 189 Teledyne LeCroy Display Configuration 3 11 3 11 1 190 Display Configuration The Analyzer ships with a default display configuration of field and viewer settings You can define your own field and viewer settings for a particular testing scenario Right click in the Packet View and select Preferences or select Setup gt Preferences gt Trace Viewer gt Configuration Select the Trace Viewer tab and click Configuration to display the Trace Viewer Configuration dialog see Figure 3 116 on page 191 Trace Viewer Configuration The Trace Viewer Configuration dialog allows you to change the following display settings see Figure 3 116 on page 191 a DOUOCOCOCOOODO O Field Setting m Format Decimal Hexadecimal Binary m Visible m Byte Order Right Align Left Align Field Header Setting m Text color m Name m Ab
219. n use a Label and a Goto Label to make loops First make the label then make Goto Label The Command Parameters window shows only enabled Labels Labels are disabled by default and are in gray color To enable them click them to make purple color El Command Parameters Commands Parameters Run Label fisStop Beep WaitForStop Stop Sleep New Script 0 px itch Script is valid Disabled Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Run S N 12871 Port 2 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR Enabled 4 New Seript 0 bx Batch Script is valid gl Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 20 ms Click here to add another script command gt Goto Label 2 Chick here to add another script command gt ARAS Beep 40 Hz 20 ms Click here to add another s Goto Label 0 lt Click here to add another script command gt END IF Label 2 Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST lt Click her o ad iner SCHPE command 4 12 6 Run Runs the scenario on hardware on specified ports If you call this command for the first time and the scenario was not assigned to the hardware and ports before the scenario is assigned to specified hardware and ports and then scenario runs on the hardware Format Run Serial Number Scenario Name Target Port Parameters a Serial Number Serial number of hardware a Scenario Name Name of scenario QO Target Port Port number in port map Exam
220. nch to a New State If you try to use more than two a red error message appears in the status area of the application that says Too Many Actions You can use only one restart sequence action per state When you specify actions for a state you can only use one instance of Restart Current Sequence or Restart All Sequences If you try to use more than one a red error message appears in the status area of the application that says Too Many Actions You can use a maximum of 255 states per sequence If you try to use more than 255 states a red error message appears in the status area of the application Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy The following table summarizes the examples that follow TABLE 4 6 Sequence Examples Example Description 7 Creating two sequences and Global Rules This scenario has two objectives that you implement with Global Rules and two sequences 1 You use Global Rules to replace any of three types of primitives 2 You use two sequences to detect the order in which a type of frame is received from initiator and target Creating a sequence with many states 1 The objective of this scenario is to detect an incorrect order of primitives and to cause the device to beep when it happens You implement this scenario with a single five state sequence Creating a sequence with many states 2 This scenario is an enhancement of example 8 In this scenari
221. nclude Payload of Data Frame P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type STP Frame P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type fA Trigger Non Sequential Address Frame 4 Post Trigger Capture SMP Frame 4 Everythingl Exclude NOTIFY SSP Frame Include lt lt lt Data Pattern Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA_CONT Protocol Errors Include 00B Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle Include RADY Y Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 l Exclude patterns Capture Memory Size 10000 KB V Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 11 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Desctambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP x E Easy switch to Advanced mode amp Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 15 SAS Post trigger Capture Dialog Enabled SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has different Pattern Parameters see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 47 2 11 4 Defining Patterns To select an item for capture either highlight the category and click the Add gt gt button or double click the category to open a corresponding definition dialog You can define patterns for specific ports by checking or unchecking the Port ID Primitive Double click Primitive a
222. nd SMP Command Task Command Read Write Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Count v Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Check All Reset il Figure 3 49 SATA Statistical Report Column Setting Link With Sample View When you select a type on any page of the Statistical Report a set of navigation buttons allows you to examine each instance of that type in the Sample Viewer Y gt 3 of 137 Register Host to Device FIS Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 139 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis The Jump to Previous button goes to the previous instance of the selected type in 4 the Sample Viewer The Jump to Next button goes to the next instance of the selected type in the JL Sample Viewer The Jump to Specific button goes to the instance specified as N of M items on the gt Statistical Report toolbar Move The Move drop down list moves to the X Cursor Y Cursor or None 3 3 12 Formatting the Statistical Report View Initially the Statistical Report View contains all of the information in columns but you can customize the display by a Filtering columns by item a Sorting items by column Q Hiding any column on the display Filtering Column Content To filter column content click the down arrow in the heading for that column and choose the items to display The default is All By checking a speci
223. ndition Symbol Primitive a 8 Connection Details All Ports STP Frame ATA Command Figure 2 34 Default Trigger Selected Manual Trigger Mode To perform a manual trigger check the Manual Trig radio button In the Manual Trigger mode the analyzer captures bus traffic continually from when you use the Manual Trigger until you click the Stop Recording button on the analyzer toolbar which triggers the analyzer Clicking the Manual Trigger button on the application toolbar creates a Trigger Event and uploads the trace with the specified trigger position Any Trigger in Pattern Mode In Pattern mode the Analyzer triggers whenever any of the patterns selected for triggering occurs an OR condition The procedure for selecting trigger parameters is identical to that for selecting capture parameters All items selected for triggering appear in the Project Tree To define patterns for triggering check the Pattern button in the Trigger dialog see Figure 2 35 on page 64 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 63 Teledyne LeCroy Trigger Setup 64 a File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help ES de Lak Trp App CO 5 108 8B sc PY S El lt Trainer Y Jammer Heo O Recod BH 8 Isis 2 A PPRLOBRIS2 almirante Om Dont care Snapshot Manual Trig Pattem Infusion Tre Parameters Pattem Timer Timeout Extema
224. ndor FIS Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 81 Teledyne LeCroy Trigger Setup 82 2 13 7 STP Frame Pattern Double click STP Pattern to open the STP Pattern selection dialog STP Frame Type 3 xj Format FIS Type Register Host to Device O27 Binary f Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type Owe Register Host to Device PM Port C Command Features LEA Law LBA Mid LBA High Device LBA Low esp LBA Mid exp JE EEE ETE E ES MH MH Fs F Ha ob Mb fF os TF D4 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 56 SATA STP Pattern Dialog The STP Pattern dialog opens with the default FIS Type as Register Host to device To choose another available FIS Type click the down arrow next to the FIS Type list box Choose FIS Type and complete the corresponding dialog ATA Command Pattern SATA only Double click ATA Command to open the ATA Command Pattern selection dialog see Figure 2 57 on page 83 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup ATA Command Pattern x Format Command Any Command x C Binary Write Multiple Ext 0 39 ie Hexadecimal Esnez Write Port Multiplier OxEB AA Write Sectors 030 Write Sectors Ext Ons write Stream DMA 0434 a Command rite Stream PIO 036 Features Write DMA FLA Ext 03D Write DMA Queued FUA Ext Ox3E Sector Ne vrite Multiple FUA Ext OxCE Cylinder Li Trusted Receive 05C
225. ng on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides packet traffic for the selected port ATAPI SCSI Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides ATAPI SCSI commands Miscellaneous 3 5 6 3 5 7 When you choose Miscellaneous an additional dialog displays allowing you to specify the filtering of State Range and or External Signal In see Filter Miscellaneous on page 167 Enable Filter Select Filtering gt Enable Filtering or click the P Filter Enable button on the display menu bar to toggle between Filtered and Unfiltered display Filter Idle Depending on the Filter Type Hide Show Idle packets in the Sample Viewer are shown or hidden Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 169 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar 170 3 5 8 IDL You can quickly filter idles by clicking the x Filter Idle button This button toggles between Show and Hide items Search The Search menu and toolbar options permit you to examine any data capture file to quickly locate the packet or data pattern To perform an initial search select Edit gt Search or click the open the Search setup dialog see Figure 3 88 Search button to Note Only items captured in the sample file are enabled for search as Search Items Search Sub ltemz Data Pattern Bus Condition Prirnitivwe Incomplete Frames J d
226. nition TOMA a eam aihana steam ceebeetetedetetendosteaid 286 5 6 Role detinition ToOrMmatiiiiiid A is 286 5 7 END OF FILE denia cine 286 5 8 Example Pattern Generator Fille concconcocncoccconcccncocnnonccnnrnnnrnnnconncnnrnnnrnnnrnnncnnrnnnenanenanos 286 Appendix B China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table 289 6 1 WAN ODGFAtlO Nl ias 290 Appendix C How to Contact Teledyne LeCroy occoccocccocconcconconcoccconconnnnnnnnos 291 o A o Ro O O Ei 293 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 7 Teledyne LeCroy Contents 8 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Introduction This manual describes installation and operation of the Teledyne LeCroy Sierra M6 1 Protocol Analyzer and includes examples of typical applications LA dE TELEDYNE M6 1 A LECROY A Host Device Figure 1 1 Teledyne LeCroy Sierra M6 1 Protocol Analyzer 1 1 Analyzer Overview The Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer is a portable single port system that can function as a protocol analyzer or as an error injector The SAS analyzer software performs serial bus analysis for Serial Attached SCSI SAS data transfers as well as Serial ATA SATA data transfers through STP data transfers The SATA analyzer software performs serial bus analysis for Serial ATA SATA data transfers The Analyzer can operate at 1 5 3 or 6 Gb s data rates and has 2 GB or 4 GB of recording memory
227. ntel Name Date modified Type Size Lotus eee IL Msocach una ATA Command asl 7 17 2013 3 30AM ASL File 1 KB ache ps ea SCSI Command asl 7 17 2013 3 30 AM ASL File 1KB Perf una SMP Transport asl 7 17 2013 3 30 AM ASL File 1KB erfLogs Le Fil una SSP Transport asl 7 17 2013 3 30 AM ASL File 3 KB rogram Files Ep Files ea STP Transport asl 7 17 2013 3 30 AM ASL File 1 KB rogram Files x h ProgramData _ Projects_PF i J Pub_inc swshare SWTOOLS J Users Windows 4 mo gt File name vy Decoding Script Files for AT y Figure 3 137 Choosing a Script File Help Menu Tell Teledyne LeCroy Report a problem to Teledyne LeCroy Support via e mail This requires that an e mail client be installed and configured on the host machine Help Topics Displays online help You can also select F1 VSE Help Topics Displays VSE online help You can also select F1 Update License A current license agreement with Teledyne LeCroy entitles the Analyzer owner to continued technical support and access to software updates as they are published on the Teledyne LeCroy website When you obtain a license key from the Help menu select Update License to display the Select License Key File dialog box Enter the path and filename for the license key or browse to the directory that contains the license key and select the lic file Click Open 211 Teledyne LeCroy Help Menu 3 20 5 Display License Information Ope
228. o the objective is to detect an incorrect order of primitives fix it and cause the device to beep when this happens As with example 8 you implement this scenario with a single five state sequence Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules In this example Global Rules substitute an Align 0 primitive for each of the following received from the initiator Align 1 Align 2 and Align 3 As a separate test operation two sequences determine the order in which each Identify Address frame is received from initiator and target The following tables summarize the logic implemented by each of the sequences TABLE 4 7 Example 7 Logic of Sequence 0 State State O State 1 Description If Address Frame is detected from initiator go to State 1 otherwise continue to check incoming frames do not change state If next Address Frame detected is from target beep 1 second TABLE 4 8 Example 7 Logic of Sequence 1 State State O State 1 Description If Address Frame is detected from target go to State 1 otherwise continue to check incoming frames do not change state If next Address Frame detected is from initiator beep 2 seconds There is no interaction between the two sequences Each of them operates independently and is independent of the Global Rules However the two sequences complement each other with their logic In this sense they both combine to implement a test objective 1 Click the New
229. oftware click on Setup and select All Connected Devices see the following screen capture Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Connecting via Ethernet Teledyne LeCroy Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help TxVout amp Preemphasis O Fecod MN ES User Defined Decoding External Trig Setting Link Event Update Device All Connected Devices Manage setup Licenses Preferences Self Test Data Block Find DUT Power Source Control H OO US 20 US Set Port Alias 20 us Set 545 Address Alias Figure 1 8 Connecting to All SAS SATA Devices The Select Device dialog allows connecting and disconnecting analyzers on the fly without restarting the application The new Device List introduced in version 4 10 mandates using updated firmware in order to detect the analyzer over Ethernet Thus the analyzer must be updated over USB before it can be used remotely over Ethernet This is applicable for any update from version 4 00 or earlier to any version from 4 10 or later The following Select Device dialog displays see Figure 1 9 on page 18 The colors in the Location column mean the following a O Red Firmware and or BusEngine components need to be updated to the latest version Light Blue The device is ready to be connected Yellow The device is locked Green The software is connected and ready to run Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Pr
230. ommand Fields Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Configuration Teledyne LeCroy Field Header Setting You can use the Name or Abbreviation To change the color of the text in a packet field header select a field from the packet field tree and click the Foreground button Basic colors n om Hm mnm ST Pry Custom colors ME O g gpp p BEE EE gg Define Custom Colors gt gt Cancel Figure 3 118 Color Choose an appropriate color and click OK Viewer Setting Check the Wrap Packet box to enable the wrapping of packets in the display Check the Enable Tooltip box to enable tool tips for packet fields Data Payload You can format the Data Payload display For Columns in Row select 1 2 4 8 or 16 For Bytes in Column select 1 2 4 8 or 16 Time Stamp Origin Select Absolute User Defined Trigger or Based on System Time Start Time and Port You can use the same color for the start time and port Packet View Condense Mode You can enable Packet View Condense Mode to minimize Packet View rows Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 193 Teledyne LeCroy Set Port Alias Time Stamp Format Font Select Teledyne LeCroy Milliseconds or Microseconds To change display fonts click the Font button to open the Font dialog box Font Font Font style Size Arial Black Italic 3 _ Cancel O Arial Narrow Bold 10 O Arial Unicode MS Bold
231. on of traffic to monitor for the selected event the default is From Initiator which is what you want for this example 252 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules Teledyne LeCroy 7 Still in the middle column of the Event Properties dialog box click Primitive to display a drop down menu that lets you choose the type of primitive for which you want to wait in this scenario In this example it is RRDY Normal lala Type Address Frame 2 Any Dword z ATA Command ATA Command Frame E ATAPI Both Links Up CRE Error a Dword Makcher z FIS Frame FIS Type pu Frame Type z Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 66 OOB Signal E Primitives z Primitive Group SAS Primitive SATA Primitive 2 Running Disparity Error 545 Data Pattern SATA Data Pattern H SCSI 2 SMP Frame z SSP Frame Event Ho 1 From Initiator NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUF NOTIFY POWER LOST EXPECTED NOTIFY RESERVED 1 NOTIFY RESERVED 2 ACK MAK CAC ERROR HAK RESERVED 0 HAK RESERVED 1 HAK RESERYED 2 CRECIT_BLOCKED RADY NORMAL RADY RESERVED 0 RADY RESERVED 1 AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED 0 AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION k EJE Putas x Cama E Figure 4 19 Example 1 Event Drop Down List 8 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Proto
232. on page 129 a Items m Idle No m Payload Size Sample Time m Idle Initiator m Idle Target 128 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis m SSP Bus Utilization m SMP Bus Utilization m STP Bus Utilization a Report Count or Time i Sa o ts gt i Mo General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read write Command Performance Others Report Idle No 0 Payload Size 5327872 Sample Time 14 621 841 43 s Idle Time Host 0 000 000 00 s Idle Time Device 0 000 000 00 s Reserved 0 000 000 00 s Figure 3 30 Others Report SSP Transport Report SAS Teledyne LeCroy To display the SSP Transport Report click the SSP Transport tab The SSP Transport Report displays the report data in columns with the following information QO Type All Custom Command Data Response XFER_RDY Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count OOO O Duration Al y 765 000 000 00 us Data T gt I 1 515 053 39 ms XFER_RDY T gt I 17 280 000 69 us 229 7 58 Figure 3 31 SAS SSP Transport Report SMP Transport Report SAS To display the SMP Transport Report click the SMP Transport tab The SMP Transport Report displays the report data in columns with the following information see Figure 3 32 on page 130 QO Type All Custom Request Response Direction All I gt T T gt l or Custom D
233. on page 159 Filter Idles refer to Filter Setup on page 159 Link Layer SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 177 Transport Layer SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 177 Application Layer SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 177 Pack Unpack Repeated Primitives SAS only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 177 Physical Layer SATA only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 177 FIS Layer SATA only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 177 Command Layer SATA only refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 177 Wrap Packets refer to refer to Packet View Toolbar on page 177 Toolbar allows you to customize the toolbar with the options given below Main Record Capture Analysis Navigation View Packet View Column View Cursor position Target Emulator Status Bar refer to Cursor Position Status Bar on page 188 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Menu Options and Toolbars Teledyne LeCroy 1 11 7 Window 1 11 8 1 11 9 The Window menu has the following options OOOO O Help Cascade Displays all open windows in an overlapping arrangement Tile Horizontal Displays all open windows in a above below arrangement Tile Vertical Displays all open windows in a side by side arrangement Arrange Icons Arranges minimized windows at the bottom of the display Close All Closes all windows For more information see Help
234. on the or buttons FIS FIS Typ 36 20 0x41 DMA FIS FIS Type 36G el 0x45 Data y Link i 3G 11 870 306 ms 31 Po Figure 3 112 Expand Collapse Specific Layers 3 7 Port Status You can get an overview of the active ports by clicking the Port Status button at the bottom right of the application window The Port Status displays the Port Speed and Analyzer see Figure 3 113 on page 187 186 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Port Status Teledyne LeCroy In addition to displaying OOB Link Frame and Error a display showing the buffer full opens when a trigger occurs Port status N Port Speed Function OOB Link Frame Error Trigger Buffer indicator k IA AR A 3 11 30G Exerciser al F a EEE Port status a Pad Speed Function 006 Lak Eos Ena Tucasa an ele ae 156 Exercizer 36 E IMA 0 a Part status Port Speed Function 00B Link Frame Error Trigger Buffer indicator i BD a i 30G Exerciser T e Y Figure 3 113 Port Status Window and Capturing Time 1 Pre trig capturing trig is 50 2 Trig point shown by red bar 36 pre trig was captured 3 Post trig capturing 50 post trig was captured and capturing has stopped Note If sample capture occurs with more than one unit active additional Port Status windows display The OOB Link Frame and
235. onsoneess 168 39 0 ENADE PINGET a 169 BFF ICO ON E EE E E E E EEE E E E E E E A T ET 169 DD A O 170 3 9 9 SNOW TIIGE POLS is 177 36 Packet VIEW TOO Dai ai iuiinda 177 360 GATC NAVIGAtlON VIEW io E deetecancteeds 179 OLOR 180 3 0 0 DECO ICONS it 180 3 0 4 GUStOmIze DISPARA ci 181 Sal PONE Stats ias 186 3 90 TOO Si 188 SO LENA DINO TODD Sarai oo 188 3 0 2 GCUISOlr POSITION Status Daria leales 188 SIN as Di 189 A o S waugeecaceaacs weseacantoc raves aces neaases ewer O 189 3 10 Using the Cursors and BookmarksS coocccoccconococcccooconcnnonnconnnonaronancnancnnnrnnarrnnnrnnnrranrenanenas 189 el Oh CUPS ONS oes csics Gcbvantanaeccas a tecauenca di ceateaaniscvenecasice nude pan shaeuhcan faasehmans cena tbannas au tbeea niacin saseune eran tal aneenanseneeteeentcauees 189 3 411 Display CONTIGUMAUION sscsaritanaic ile 190 4 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy 3 111 Trace VIEWER Contigua a 190 HZ DORE OME ANAS nba lid 194 3 13 SAS Address Alias SAS only ini 195 3 14 TXRX Vo t amp PreeMphaSiS asii dia 196 319 Protec 198 1901 General Cabral Aa 198 3 10 2 rac Viewer Taldea 200 SIDS Dieron is 201 IDAS COL View aa 203 3199 COUNT VIEW T Drirn cap tieindetetancota ce eyicsac naa tea a tects ba ude canada es Senate 204 3 10 0 Packet VIEW ainia o 205 3 15 7 Sampling Memory Usage OptiMizatiON coonccocncocncoconencccccnnonanenanennnnonanenanonnrennnrnnnnrnarenanrnnrrnannrnnnnnnans
236. otocol Analyzer User Manual 17 Teledyne LeCroy Connecting via Ethernet Device Dev Name Location set Alias Name Sierra M6 2 SN 61658 PSG_0l Mb 2 Local Machine Locked No Chained Y Connect cei catia E a M6 5H 62740 Masis ME 1 17216133134 Locked Mo e ERA seaeenees nan cana l e ema aos Add Device SP Remove Devi ete F Settings Selected Device Id 00017 04C00F 004 wy Networks z Refresh Device list Cloze Figure 1 9 Select Device Dialog Note Click Refresh Device List to display all the devices on the network 18 The Select Device dialog displays the following buttons Set Alias Name Click Set Alias Name to display the Set device alias name dialog as shown below Set device alias name x Alias name Sierra FC_test cee Figure 1 10 Set Device Alias Name Dialog Disconnect Click Disconnect to disconnect a device Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Connecting via Ethernet Teledyne LeCroy Add Device Click Add Device to add a device with a static IP address Add Device with Stancil s Device Type Sierra M6 1 Device IP Address 0 0 L Force add connect attempt Figure 1 11 Add Device with Static IP Dialog Force Add Connect Attempt Use this option if the application s Ping function fails the button in the upper right corner but you re sure the address is correct and you still
237. ows users to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process Captured traffic is displayed using the latest analyzer software in separate windows with all the protocol specific search and reporting features Captured packets are displayed in separate windows that share a common time scale Navigating the traffic in either direction will scroll to the same timestamp in a synchronized window When using the CrossSync option users can access the full complement of analysis capabilities available within the individual Teledyne LeCroy software Search reporting and decoding all operate normally This feature is available with the Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite application Launching the CrossSync Control Panel To launch CrossSync from the SAS SATA Protocol Suite software application select the Launch CrossSync Control Panel entry in the Project Setup menu see Figure 2 6 on page 40 and see Figure on page 40 Or you can launch CrossSync from the Start menu Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 39 Teledyne LeCroy Save Workspace File Setup Session Analysis Navigation w Mew gt Open Close WF Launch Jammer ap Launch Trainer Launch CrossSync Control Panel Figure 2 6 Launching CrossSync from the SAS SATA Protocol Suite Application Please refer to the CrossSync Control Panel User Manual for more information 2 8 Save Workspace Viewing parameters can
238. ox001267 Detect AddressFrame Open 2 WaitForStop 0x348790 2 Run ox005007 Detect DAT WaitForStop ox005007 4 Stop ox001Z67 2 A Command Parameters Forever An 4 100 Run Serial Number S N 12871 FlsStop Port IV 1 Beep Duration Infinite GoTo Stop Sleep WaitForStop Label0 Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER lt Click here to add another script command gt Labell Wait For S N 12871 Port 1 Until Stop lt Click here to add another script command Label2 Run S N 12871 Port 3 4 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR lt Click here to add another scnpt command gt Label Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER lt Ckck here to add another scnpt command gt Labell Wait For S N 12871 Port 1 to Stop Just 10 ms lt Click here to add another script command Label2 Run S N 12871 Port 3 4 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR lt Click here to add another script command gt Sleep Used to sleep for a few seconds ez NES Tos QO Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds Format Sleep Duration Parameters Example Sleep 100 lt Click here to add another action gt Sleep 10 ms lt Click here to add another action gt i Lable Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files 4 12 9 Beep If specified condition is satisfied the system beep for specified duration Format Beep Duration Fr
239. ox01267 Detect AddressFrame Open 5 The value of second parameter is 5 and shows check stopping mode of combination of port number 1 and port number 3 After filling parameters from the Command Parameters Dialog the program makes the IF ELSE structure in the Script workspace The ELSE statement is optional To add an ELSE body click Click here to add else body 4 New Script 0 b x ER Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 10 ms lt Click here to add another script command gt Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST lt Click here to add another script command gt lt Click here to add else body gt END IF bx 4 New Seript O ee ee Batch Script is valid Label 0 Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER lt Chck here to add another action Label 1 Sleep 10 ms lt Click here to add another action gt Label 2 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 2 THEN lt Click here to add another action Beep 40 Hz 10 ms lt Click here to add another action gt Label 3 ELSE Beep 40 Hz 20 ms lt Click here to add another action gt END IF 4 12 5 Goto Label Goes to specified label Labels can be assigned to each script line Format Goto Label3 Parameters None Example Label3 WaitForStop 0x83456 2 100 Run Ox017607 In ject CRCOOO 4 Goto Label Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 279 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files Note You ca
240. packet s selected to copy You can copy packet s from a trace and paste it into a host emulator script That is why you can only mark packets that we support in emulator and host side packets You can also mark multiple packets by left clicking and moving the mouse over multiple packets and then right click to select them and paste them in an emulator script E Source Address H Destinaton Address H H l i ontrol H CDA Ps dd g H o F e p d Data 10 n a l o Figure 3 10 Packets Selected to Copy 116 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Note This is applicable only when using M6 4 or M6 2 as only they support emulation 3 3 4 3 3 5 la pe la pe Changing the Default View Perform the following steps to change the default view of all trace files to Packet View 1 Open a trace file 2 Select the Packet View Close all other views 3 Select File gt Save Workspace to open a Save As dialog Save the current workspace as a wss file 4 Select Setup gt Preferences to open the Trace Viewer dialog 5 In the Default Workspace field enter the path and name of the workspace wss file that you saved in step 3 Because the default workspace contains only Packet View the software opens trace files in Packet View Spreadsheet View Spreadsheet View displays all of the Packet View fields in a time sequential spreadsheet format
241. page 109 for details about configuring the viewer display Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual CrossSync Control Panel Teledyne LeCroy 2 6 1 2 7 2 7 1 The Analysis Project dialog offers you a comprehensive set of choices to create a trigger and capture project satisfying some specific need You can set the Analyzer to O Capture specific patterns see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 47 Capture different patterns pre and post trigger Exclude parameters from capture Trigger on a pattern or sequence of patterns see Trigger Setup on page 62 Configure trace capture memory Settings tab Select file to save trace capture in memory Settings tab Include a project note Notes tab DOOUOCDLD Launch Jammer The Launch Jammer option invokes InFusion For more information refer to InFusion Overview on page 225 CrossSync Control Panel The CrossSync Control Panel allows you to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process It supports a wide combination of Teledyne LeCroy s flagship analyzers including PCI Express USB DDR Serial ATA SATA Serial Attached SCSI SAS Fibre Channel FC and Ethernet CrossSync is Teledyne LeCroy s analyzer synchronization solution that enables time aligned display of protocol traffic from multiple daisy chained analyzers showing packet traffic from multiple high speed serial busses A lightweight software control panel all
242. ple Run ox841200 Substitute address frame 4 280 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files Teledyne LeCroy Beep 800 400 Rut Oxs4 12007 GRE Tnyect Play CDT 9 Waltrorstop 0x63463 Lp 150 Run ox841200 Remove Send Cue Sheet 2 Goto Label6 Run S N 12871 Port ly DISCOVER Note If the selected ports are busy scenario cannot run and the command will be skipped The result will be written in Log area 4 12 7 Stop Stops running scenario by hardware and port name Format Stop Serial Number Target Port Parameters e Serial Number Serial number of hardware e Target Port Port number in port map Example Run ox00e2Z0 Infect CREOOO lt 2 Beep 700 500 Scop oxU0020 2 Goto Label3 Label Run ox0 05007 DEerect DATAT 83 Sleep 40 4 12 8 WaitForStop Used to wait for occurrence of specified condition Format WaitForStop SerialNumber Target Port Duration Parameters a Serial Number Serial number of hardware QO Target Port Port number in port map Q Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds In the Command Parame ters Window WaitForStop duration has three options m Infinite Wait until Stop command Random Stop after a random time m Finite time Stop after specified time in milliseconds Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 281 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Batch Files 282 Example Run
243. pter into a 100V 240V 50Hz 60Hz power outlet Turn on the Power switch 2 Connect the USB cable between the Sierra M6 1 USB port and a USB port on the host machine The host machine s operating system detects the analyzer and driver files See Connecting via Ethernet on page 16 for Ethernet connectivity 3 Connect the analyzer to Host and Device as follows Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 13 Teledyne LeCroy Cascading Sierra Analyzers STX M6 1 Host Analyzer Device STX M6 1 Host InFusion Device Figure 1 4 Hardware Setup 1 7 Cascading Sierra Analyzers A Sierra M6 1 analyzer includes a built in Sync port on the back panel between the USB and Ethernet ports See Figure 1 3 To connect two Sierra M6 1 analyzers plug the ends of a Micro D Sync cable ACO31XXA X into the Sync ports Figure 1 5 Cascading Two M6 1 Analyzers with a Micro D Sync Cable You must connect each of the analyzers to the host machine using the USB port or Ethernet port Note Before connecting stop all recording However you do not have to turn power off For Sierra M6 1 analyzers connected by Sync cables the SAS SATA Protocol Suite application automatically synchronizes their recording timestamps starts and stops To connect three Sierra M6 1 analyzers connect the Micro D end of a Micro D to DB 9 Sync cable ACO30XXA X to the Sync port of t
244. r tsh SATA Search configuration file WSS SAS Workspace file in the SAS System folder Predefined Workspace subfolder wst SATA Workspace file in the SATA System folder PreDefined Workspace subfolder 2 10 2 Example Projects The Analyzer includes example projects that you can use to perform an immediate analysis without any setup The Analyzer system software has a pre defined folder directory structure for storing all files All example files are in the Examples folder under the Sierra M6 1 folder It is strongly recommended that you open some example files to see types of projects that you can create 2 10 3 Run an Example Analysis Project To run an example project 1 Select File gt Open Locate example analysis projects by looking in the Examples folder Examples are available for AdvanceCaptr EasyCaptr Exerciser PatternGenerator Samples and User Define Decoding Script 3 In the EasyCaptr folder choose an example sac file and click Open to display the Open dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual A5 Teledyne LeCroy Projects 46 BusConditionTrig sac File name BusConditionT rig sac Open Files of type Protocol Analyzer sac Cancel Figure 2 10 File Open Dialog Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree BusConditionT rig Capture Y Include lt lt Y Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT Y Include OOB Signals 4 In
245. rary 236 device 237 main 236 License Configuration 207 License Manager 207 line condition 241 link layer command interpretation 38 Link With Sample View 139 Load dialog 107 log file 278 M Main FPGA tab 218 Main Library window 236 Manual Trig button 63 manual trigger 63 Maximum Number of Uploader Threads 199 Memory Assignment 205 memory check 215 Memory Size 88 Micro D Sync cable 14 Micro D to DB 9 cable 15 Move drop down list 140 MUX Setting 93 296 N NCQ Commands Time out Threshold 199 network 16 Networks 19 New Batch Script command 227 New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode 198 New Scenario button 237 New script 153 normal zoom reset 154 Notes tab 93 Number of Run text box 88 Number of Runs Each Test 215 O Open as Data Vie 148 Open Library command 227 Open Sample file In 200 operating system 13 order reorder in results display 178 Others Report view 128 output trigger 98 p Pack Repeated Primitives 201 Packet Drop 226 Packet View 26 109 114 packing list 11 Partial Memory 88 Paths settings 198 pattern definition 84 Pattern command 47 pattern definition in sequential trigger mode 84 Pattern field 97 Pattern triggers 62 Pending ATA lO 145 Pending SCSI IO 145 Performance Report 133 performance report 133 PIO Setup FIS 61 PM Performance Report 136 PM Statistic Report 135 port renaming 181 status 186 port alias 194 Port Configuration 227 228 Port Configuration bu
246. res LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High Device LBA Low exp LBA Mid exp Ze EEE E E E FMi Pe Pre Pi Mi Pre Pri Py T4 Check All Uncheck All Count E spected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 50 SAS FIS Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Choose a FIS type from the dropd own list and click OK 76 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup Teledyne LeCroy Address Frame SAS only Double click Address Frame in the Pattern window to open the Address Frame Type Pattern dialog Address Frame Type i E El Format Address Frame Type Any Address Frame Type O Binary Any Address Frame Type Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Parameter Address Frame Type a Any Address Frame Type Mio Pie Fis Fl Gi gre Ors Eri Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 51 SAS Address Frame Type Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Choose an Address Frame Type from the drop down list and click OK Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 77 Teledyne LeCroy Trigger Setup 78 SMP Frame SAS only Double click SMP Frame in the Pattern window to open the SMP Frame Pattern dialog 5MP Frame Type X Format SMP Frame Types Any SMP Frame Type i C Binary Function Any SMP Frame Type pe fe Hexadecimal Fene Show Reserved arto
247. riggering and memory usage A project can be saved as a sac files for later use Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups After you install the Analyzer software see Software Installation on page 13 and set up the Analyzer see Hardware Setup on page 13 launch the Analyzer software see Launching Your Analyzer on page 22 to display the default Protocol Analyzer in Easy Mode at the Capture tab The default Protocol Analyzer uses the Easy Mode which allows triggering and data capture Main Window Use Easy Mode to get a comprehensive overview of your analyzer s capabilities Use the default Analyzer Project or create a new project For SAS On the Analyzer Menu Bar click File gt New gt SAS Protocol Analyzer to open a SAS Protocol Analyzer dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 33 Teledyne LeCroy Main Window Project Tree display Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree EASAIN SASProtocolAnalyzerl Everything _ Exclude SATA CONT a Capture C Paltem Exclude SATA_SYNC Everythingl Exclude NOTIFY I Exclude OOB Signals Exclude xx J Exclude Payload except fo Diword s Y Include oo Y Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA_CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Include RADY Y Exclude Idle Trigger Non Sequential Snapshot s Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response T
248. ripts button 150 Rx Tx Settings dialog 197 S Sample File Name 88 Sample View link 139 Sampling memory usage optimization 200 Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option 205 SAS Address Alias 195 SAS address report 131 SAS data pattern 243 SAS Parameters window 64 SAS SATA Protocol Suite 22 SATA data pattern 243 SATA Parameters window 65 Save partial trace capture 41 42 43 trace capture 40 Save As Display Formats 42 Save as Text button 137 Save As Text dialog 118 Save Filtered Sample 41 Save Output button 150 scenario 232 action 244 creation 251 downloading 274 event 240 properties 237 running 275 Scenario Batch file 275 Scenario Properties dialog 238 scramble unscramble payload data 178 179 scrambling disable 89 Script Workspace 275 SCSI Command Pattern dialog 80 SCSI Command report 130 SCSI commands address display 38 SCSI spec assignment 199 SDRAM or Exerciser RAM memory check 215 search 170 by tag 175 176 domain 173 for data pattern 171 172 logic 172 SAS address 173 297 Teledyne LeCroy Index save setup 171 status 189 STP port 173 sub items 173 search direction 171 search from 171 select item for capture 50 Select Device 16 Select Port Configuration dialog 92 selecting components for installation 13 self test 213 Self Test dialog 213 separate systems 13 sequence 235 examples 262 Sequential Trigger mode 83 sequential triggering 83 Serial ATA SATA data transfers 9 S
249. rnings Saving Settings can save log files to relative file folder indicate output log file path and save logs automatically 3 Click the Run scripts button after you select scripts to run VSE starts running the selected verification scripts shows script report information in the output windows and presents the results of verifications in the script list Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 151 Teledyne LeCroy Running Verification Script Engine VSE Example SATA ATAPI Verification Script Provides an example of Verification script Result processing 33 ATAPI SCSI commands count DONE Maa emana sell ProtocolError sample_ata_commands his script counts some specific SCSI commands that is issued by ATAPI 88 sample_ssp_protocol commands ne Html hese SCSI commands are counted sain Di ei pa Inquiry Read 10 Write 10 ModeSelect 10 and ModeSense 10 Y _DiscoverAndReporTracking A ATAPI SCSI commands count These SCSI commands are counted e Inquiry Read 10 Write 10 ModeSelect 10 and ModeSense 10 11 Mode Select 10 Mode Sense 10 E Gpanaios E Coe Figure 3 70 Run Verification Scripts Dialog 4 Right clicking in the script list displays some additional operations over selected scripts Q Run verification scriptis 2 Edit script Rename script Remove script New script Show Grid Show Description window Show Output Settings
250. rns l Define different patterns for pre trigger and post triqger data captures E Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse Al Expand All Figure 2 14 SAS Exclude Patterns Checked SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has Exclude Dev Slp Packets SATA Dialog has different Pattern Parameters see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 47 To remove an item from capture highlight it in the Project tree and click the lt lt Remove button 2 11 3 Pre and Post Trigger Data Capture You can define one set of patterns for capture prior to the occurrence of a trigger and another set of patterns for capture after the occurrence of a trigger The selection and setup procedure is the same for both Pre Trigger capture and Post Trigger capture Check Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data capture to enable the Pre Trigger Capture and Post Trigger Capture tabs instead of only the Capture tab see Figure 2 15 on page 50 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 49 Teledyne LeCroy Patterns and Data Capture Setup 50 Everything T Exclude SATA_CONT D 0 Pie Taie Capitan Pattern J Exclude SATA_SYNC 4 Include Xxx T Exclude GOB Signals Exclude Xxx Y Include SATA_SYNC T Exclude Payload except fo Dwordls Include SATA_CONT Parameters Y Include DOB Signals Y I
251. rotocol Analyzer User Manual 15 Teledyne LeCroy Connecting via Ethernet 16 For Sierra M6 1 M6 2 and M6 4 analyzers connected by Sync cables the SAS SATA Protocol Suite application automatically synchronizes their recording timestamps starts and stops For how to daisy chain two or more Sierra M6 2 analyzers see the Sierra M6 2 User Manual For how to daisy chain two or more Sierra M6 4 analyzers see the Sierra M6 4 User Manual Note You can use the Sync port to synchronize a Sierra M6 1 analyzer to analyzers with different protocols You use a Micro D Sync cable ACO31XXA X to connect to a Teledyne LeCroy Advisor T3 analyzer You use a Micro D to DB 9 Sync cable ACO30XXA X to connect to other Teledyne LeCroy analyzers For more information see the CrossSync User Manual and or see CrossSync Control Panel on page 39 1 8 1 8 1 1 8 2 Connecting via Ethernet The Ethernet connection can have any of these configurations 1 Analyzer connected to a network using a hub or switch Gigabit Ethernet interface or similar device 2 Analyzer connected to the host computer machine running the application software using a hub or switch Gigabit Ethernet interface or similar device Connecting to a Network When connected to a network the analyzer can communicate with the DHCP server to obtain IP address configuration information in order to establish a connection Select Device After starting the s
252. rotocol Errors PIO Setup 5TP Frame Type FIS Type Format Binary it Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type Phi Port B l Status Error LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High Device LBA Low exp RH F Hz Moi Fo O 5F PIO Setup EJE JEJEJEJE Hg T Da Check 411 Uncheck ll Figure 2 31 PIO Setup Data 5TP Frame Type FIS Type Show Reserved and Obsolete Format C Binary f Hexadecimal Cancel Parameter FIS Type Pa Port Data D0 0 Data DT Data D2 Data D3 Data 044 Data D S Data D E Data D Data D3 M Hi F H2 Mol F pe s46 Data M 4 T ba Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 32 Data Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy 61 Teledyne LeCroy Trigger Setup Vendor Vendor is for FIS Pattern STP Frame Type x Format FIS Type Venda A gt Binary Number of DWORD s fi Hexadecimal Cancel F Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter Data 24 bits SOG Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 33 Vendor 2 13 Trigger Setup The Trigger tab in the analysis project dialog allows you to specify when the analyzer completes a data capture Three trigger modes are available a Don t care Snapshot is the default A Manual Trig a Pattern When data capture starts with Don t care Snapshot selected the analyzer triggers on the
253. rough the initiator and target resume OOB signaling Opens a window to count the number of events that occur during a session A session is a time interval during which a scenario runs Removes the targeted event from the traffic Restart all sequences in the scenario Restart the sequence that contains this action definition Set RCDT SNTT ALT TLT TX speed TRAIN TRAIN_DONE pattern and or PHY Capability Set Violation Type Stops all scenario activity Substitutes a data DWORD in the traffic Substitutes a SAS primitive in the traffic Substitutes a SATA primitive in the traffic Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions 4 6 1 Action Trigger Output Only shown in Action Properties dialog box when creating a sequence Description downstream Available Resources Teledyne LeCroy Sends a signal out the trigger port to the device You can specify Events Combined Events and Actions and additional Events The application automatically checks for the maximum number of terms Events Actions When you exceed the limit an error is flagged prompting you to jump to the place that caused the error The list of available resources is given below O 0D DODO O OCODODDODoDoO ooo oo oo oo ooo ooo ooo co External Trigger X 1 Analyzer Trigger X 1 Training Detector x 4 only M12x Primitive Detector each has its own Embedded counter in M12x X 8 Pattern Detector each has
254. row shows captured DWORDs on different ports related to the timestamp It also shows different speed 1 5G 3G 6G DWORDs Different DWORD cell height shows the duration of the DWORD To display Column View of the current capture see Figure 3 13 on page 119 click Analysis gt Column View or click the button on the View Type toolbar You can click the sign to expand the packet and sign to collapse the packet Hovering over the signs displays a tooltip showing the contents of the packet see the arrows in Figure 3 13 on page 119 Right click a packet to change the background and foreground color Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy DONE NORMAL Link 11 CLOSE NORMAL 1st DW of 10 DWords gt m J Ji IE BL 1E1e BO CLOSE NORMAL 110000 0101 110011 0100 011110 0100 011101 0010 R_ADY NORMA E Figure 3 13 Column View Right click in the Column View to display commands QO Add Bookmark Expand All Preferences Time Stamp Format LeCroy Format Milli Second Micro Second Go to Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet Number Time Stamp Book mark Begin End Goto within Packet SOF EOF Next HOLD Previous HOLD Next HOLDA Previous HOLDA Next Align Previous Align Next R_IP Previous R_IP Set X Pointer Set Y Pointer Change Background Color Change Foreground Color O OOO O OCDOO O Note The Column View displays the CRC value
255. rval between state jumps is less than 60 DWORDs Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 99 Teledyne LeCroy Advanced Mode User Defined In Advanced Mode infinite loops are usually used to check if an event occurs before a timeout In this case you can use the Timeout dialog to avoid hardware queue overflow Advance Mode Settings Notes State 1 o State O SO Start Capture Everything Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out Go To Exclude items Idle Notify If Primitive HARD RESET 1 i 3 No change No Jump El Bus Condition then Go To State 2 Else If Bus Condition 1 x Nochange NoJump Else lf Timer 1 Elapsed 1 O No change State 0 Y State 1 51 Else It gg 1 O o No change NoJump Capture Everything Exclude Idle C Exclude xx Nothing C Exclude OOB Signal C Exclude RADY O Pattern C Exclude ALIGN Exclude NOTIFY C Exclude SATA_CONT C Exclude SATA_SYNC Exclude Payload except lo Dword a Advanced switch to Easy mode Multi Sequencer Port 14 7 Make Game a Current 2 Add State oF Delete State Figure 2 77 State Machine with Multiple Patterns and Timer Elapse In Figure 2 77 the port detects HARD_RESET which starts the Timer When the timer expires it jumps to another state If a trigger occurs between timer start and end the captured trace will have corrupt frames because of hardware queue overflow Ad
256. ry Output Customize see window descriptions in Buttons section above Smart Docking Toolbar Status Bar Port Configuration see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 231 Batch Script Setting see Scenario Batch Files on page 275 Tools Browse UserData System or InFusion folder Help Help Topics and About InFusion 4 2 3 Main Library You can Show Main Library Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Interface Teledyne LeCroy Main Library an bx Al Scenarios li Br Mew Scenario 0 Figure 4 2 Main Library The Main Library has Scenarios Using the buttons from left to right you can O Create a new scenario and save a scenario Save a library and save a copy of a library View edit a scenario insert copy of a scenario and delete scenario device ports Copy and paste OOO O 4 2 4 File Library You can display the File Library u Cga Erxl 10 12 Be as A Hone SAS 6y L3 9 Bad SCSI ter length in Crad tr 545 6G_LL3 14 545 frame after DONE no cr 555 errors test TY DEVICE wrie Faled Device 16 DEVICE Butter Underun Device 20 DEVICE Verity Soft Reset Recovery Inject Disparity Error Inject Disparity Error emp Figure 4 3 File Library A File Library has Scenarios currently available in the device Using the buttons from left to right you can New scenario Save selected scenario Save library Save a copy of the library
257. ry defaults to 50 which defines the percentage of data to capture before and after the triggering event You can change this percentage by dragging the slider Capture of the specified percentage of the data prior to the triggering event cannot be guaranteed and may be O This can occur if the triggering event occurs before storing the required amount of pre trigger event data In such a case the data display shows fewer than the specified data points prior to the triggering event For more detail See Pre Trigger on page 86 Note Trigger Position only works when the triggering option is Pattern Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 87 Teledyne LeCroy Project Settings 88 In certain cases when one port is recording traffic and filling up the memory much faster than another port you might see traffic appearing only on one port for a while and the other port s traffic will only appear later This occurs as a function of the trigger position and is normal expected behavior of the analyzer Sample File Name Click the ellipses next to the Sample File Name text box and choose a file name and location for the results of your current project Auto Run To repeat the current capture and trigger setup automatically check the Auto Run checkbox and enter the number of times in the Number of Run text box The capture and trigger repeat automatically for the specified number of times and the results are saved
258. s Trigger mode End Events Bus Condition 2 microseconds 2 Trigger if the End Events occur s before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s occur s Note Start Event s reset s the timer unconditionally pm Figure 2 79 Timeout Settings Cancel Timeout begins when the port detects the Start Event Timer begins when the port detects the Hard RESET primitive In the Trigger Mode window set the Trigger to trigger when the port detects the End Event before the Timeout occurs In our example this is the Bus Condition Capture begins when the ports detects the Bus Condition before the Timeout occurs If the port does not detect the Bus Condition until the Timeout occurs the State Machine in Figure 2 78 on page 100 jumps to State 0 Useful Key Sequences The following key sequences are active to assist you in navigating a defined state machine Ctri a Insert Del Ctrl c Ctrl Ins Ctrl v Shift Ins Up Down arrow keys Page Up Page Down Home End Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Add State Insert State Delete State Copy Paste Moves selection between states Page Up and Page Down states Go to first page Go to end page 101 Teledyne LeCroy Project Settings 2 17 2 17 1 2 18 102 Project Settings Prior to running the Advanced mode project click the Settings tab The options in the Settings dialog are the same as for th
259. s Condition Direction Keep Alive Activity H gt D 1 1 19 Activity On H gt D 12 14 29 Activity On D gt H 12 14 29 COMINIT COMRESET H gt D 1 1 19 COMINIT COMRESET D gt H 28 39 33 COMWAKE H gt D 12 14 29 COMWAKE D gt H 12 14 29 COMSAS H gt D 6 7 14 84 100 00 Figure 3 26 Bus Condition Report ATA Command Report To display the ATA Command Report click the ATA Command tab The ATA Command Report displays information in the following columns O Command All Custom Check Power Mode Execute Device Diagnostic Flush Cache Identify Device Read DMA Ext Read FPDMA Queue Set Feature Write DMA Ext Write FPDMA Queue PM Port Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom Number of FIS All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Incomplete Normal Output Timeout such as All Custom N A Yes and No see Time out of ATA Command Report on page 127 Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count OOOCOUDL O O SaR tt PT Move X Cursor General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Wikte Command Performance Others Command PM Port Direction Number of FIS Payload Size Status Duration Count All All Al fel All Al All fe Read DMA Ext 0 H gt D 3 2048 Normal Output 37 733 333 59 us 415 31 13 Write DMA Ext 0 H gt D 4 2048 Normal Output 17 133 333 21
260. s Current amp Add State JE Delete State For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 2 73 SAS Choosing a Trigger Condition 2 Define each selected pattern in the same way as in Easy Mode as described starting on page 50 To use a timer define it first Note You can set a timer for any If or Else If condition 3 Enter a value for the number of occurrences before trigger in the Cont field up to a maximum of 65535 occurrences 4 Choose a capture option Everything Nothing or Pattern Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 97 Teledyne LeCroy Advanced Mode User Defined 5 If you choose Pattern you can select patterns for inclusion or exclusion Clicking the Pattern option enables a pattern definition dialog Data Pattern Protocol Errors Figure 2 74 SAS Choosing a Pattern 6 Choose pattern s and click the gt gt button to add them for capture or exclusion You define each pattern the same way as in Easy mode see Defining Patterns on page 50 7 For an output trigger click the down arrow in the Ext Out field and choose an output trigger level Note Do not use the LOW setting in Advanced Mode 8 To go to another state click the down arrow in the Go To field and select a state If no other state has been defined choose New State to add a state Set Timers You can set and use up to thr
261. s Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO ddressFremeType Value 4 Bits From Initiator Click here to add combined event here to add another action then Branch to State 1 lt Click Click here to add another event gt State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO iddressFremeType Value 4 Bits From Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Beep 2 5 Click here to add another action gt Click here to add another event Click here to add another state gt Click here to add another sequence gt Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask OQx00 IDENTIFY Mask Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask J Po Status Wok saved a E Be OxF OxF OxF OxF Figure 4 38 Example 7 Sequence Area of Scenario Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 In this example a five state sequence detects if a group of primitives is received out of order from the initiator The expected order is Align 0 Align 1 Align 2 Align 3 If this scenario detects any other order of these primitives it causes the device to beep and the scenario to restart This example is designed to give you an idea of the powerful logic that you can implement with sequences 268 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence Teledyne LeCroy Note The states in this sequence have been renamed do not have their default names The following table sum
262. s automatically detected IMPORTANT Power up all units before starting the software 1 8 3 Connecting over Different Subnets If the host machine with the software and Sierra M6 1 are on the same subnet they will see each other s broadcasts and the Sierra M6 1 application will automatically appear in the Select Device dialog from which you can select a device as described in the previous section If the host machine and Sierra M6 1 do not reside on the same subnet they will not see each other automatically You must add the Sierra M6 1 IP address manually To add the IP Address use the Add Device button see Figure 1 11 on page 19 1 8 4 TCP and UDP Ports Must Be Open to Connect over Ethernet WARNING Check your firewall settings before making Ethernet connections Incorrect firewall settings can prevent Teledyne LeCroy applications from detecting analyzers on the network though Ping works correctly Consult your Firewall documentation to allow Teledyne LeCroy applications access to the network The following TCP and UDP ports must be open to connect over the Ethernet TCP Port 4000 to 4003 UDP Ports 4015 to 4017 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 21 Teledyne LeCroy Launching Your Analyzer 1 9 1 10 1 10 1 Launching Your Analyzer To launch the software double click the SAS or SATA icon Operating in Simulation Mode The SAS SATA applications operate in Simulation Mode
263. s only apply to creating sequences Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 245 Teledyne LeCroy Scenario Actions 246 TABLE 4 3 Test State Actions Action Beep Branch to Existing State New State Capture Data DWORD Inject CRC Error Invalid 10bit code Error Running Disparity Error Insert Address Frame FIS Frame SAS Primitive SMP Frame SSP Frame Insert DWORD Link Disconnect Reconnect Monitor Count Remove Frame Partially Primitive Whole Frame Restart All Sequences Current Sequence SNW Speed Negotiation Retime Speed Negotiation Violation Stop Scenario Substitute Data DWORD with SAS Primitive with SATA Primitive Description Emits audible sound of duration Select via drop down list Go to a state in this sequence that is already defined Go to a state in this sequence that is not yet defined you need to define it Captures a data DWORD into one of four registers Injects a CRC error into the line Injects invalid 10b code into the line Injects a Running Disparity RD error into traffic Inserts a frame or primitive Inserts DWORD Puts both InFusion SAS ports at electrical idle immediately This action is only in effect while the scenario is running and the Jammer will reconnect the line when the scenario is stopped Starts traffic pass through immediately This action restarts traffic after a previous disconnect command Once traffic is passing th
264. sage Optimization on page 205 Quick View Quick View allows full access to the whole trace more quickly especially when using a Gigabit Ethernet connection However the trace is NOT written to the host machine s hard drive To save the trace you must manually click Save If you do not check Quick View the trace loads more slowly but is automatically saved to the host machine s hard drive 200 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Preferences Teledyne LeCroy 3 15 3 Other Switch to CATC Navigation Packet view will open in CATC mode Reverse Link Data The software shows DWORDs of link data as reversed Pack Repeated Primitives The software packs repeated primitives just after opening a sample file Scroll Horizontally to Show matched Column in Search When unchecked makes columns stationary even during search Use new PHY capabilities decoding Checking this box sends the first bit as bit 7 Leaving the box unchecked sends the first bit as bit 0 Cancel button kills upload immediately The software kills the uploading process if you press Cancel Close previous sample file when new sample file opens When you want to open a new sample file the software closes any open sample files Create statistical report read write page The software creates a Read Write page in the Statistical report Enabling this setting displays the Read Write Stream DMA command in the Read Write page Show Quick View Warn
265. shows the Frame as it would appear in the spec with the field names and values spelled out clearly Fields that are too short to clearly contain the description can be viewed as tooltips by hovering the mouse over them Some fields might have a a lowercase e button at the top right corner Pressing this button displays an expanded view of the sub fields in this field Field View This view shows when applicable a hierarchical display of the selected Packet with the relevant fields in each level To open a Frame Inspector View of the current capture select View gt Frame Inspector View or click the button on the View Type toolbar Spec View Field View 000000 10 00 oA 00 Address Frame Type Device Type Res Reason Reserved Res SM STP SS Reserved Res SM STP SS Reserved 0x00 Identify 0x01 End Dev 0x00 0x00 Unknown rea 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 Device Name 000001 00 00 00 00 0x00000000 000002 00 00 00 00 0x00000000 SAS Address 000003 50 00 ES 50 0x5000 850 000004 00 00 00 M 0x00000001 Phy Identifier Bre Rea Insi PA SL Reserved S 000005 00 00 00 00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x000000 000006 00 00 00 00 0x00000000 CRC 000007 41 55 13 31 0x41551331 Figure 3 15 Frame Inspector View 120 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy
266. sition error between X_RDY and R_RDY between SOF and EOF or between WTRM and R_OK or R_ERR You can set a trigger on these protocol errors Disable Descrambling If checked causes the Analyzer to assume that no traffic is scrambled By default the Analyzer assumes the scrambling state of the devices under test has scrambling enabled Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 89 Teledyne LeCroy Analyzer Settings 90 2 15 3 Show XXXX value Check this option to display XXXX values Pack training sequence Checking this box allows hiding the details of the Training Sequence which can take up large portions of the trace unless packed ALIGN Transmission Period differs for SAS and SATA 2 15 4 Choose the ALIGN Transmission Period for SSP and STP by clicking the corresponding option button then open the Protocol Error Mask dialog Protocol Error Mask Click the Protocol Error Mask button to open the Protocol Error Mask dialog Protocol Errors k Frotocol Errorz x C Code violation C Disparity Error DD ALIGN Error Cancel C STP Signaling Latency Error C STF Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive C STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout DO Frame Type Error L Frame Length Error L Frame Direction Error C CRC Error DJ ACK NAK Timeout C Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during the Speed negotiation Check Disable Protocol error det
267. so Memory Assignment has no effect If one port has heavy traffic it may fill its memory bank and stop recording resulting in smaller sample size than speci fied Note Checking this option does not affect the sample It only allows larger sample sizes Note If traffic is balanced on ports sample size is the same whether you check or uncheck the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option Note Memory Assignment depends on traffic load distribution at the time when the system tries to re assign physical links to memory banks Therefore if you repeat a capture with the same Sampling Memory Size and Segment Number parameters the resulting sample size may not be the same However if traffic load distribution is similar sample size will be similar Note The buffer status indicator shows buffer by FPGA not by port If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Not Checked 206 Each physical link or logical link if MUX is enabled is assigned to a specific memory space memory bank depending on the Sampling Memory Size and Segment Number parameters Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Floating License 3 16 Teledyne LeCroy Important If any physical link fills its memory bank the recording process stops Other memory banks will typically be less than full and can be empty The sample file might be smaller than the user defined Sampling Memory Size You might even think that the
268. sparity Court men PHY 5 FH r Reset Problem Count Fded men PHY E men PHY F men PHY E me PHY 9 aged PHY 10 5 PHY 11 500605600001 General Protocol Supported SSP iV SMP STP Mumber OF PH 12 Yendor Id LSILOGIC Expander Change Count 163 Product Id S451 24 0 Expander Route Indexes 144 Product Rev Lev Id 32 Config 0 Esport Save Load Cose Figure 3 150 SAS Identified Devices Click a device in the Device List to display information about that device 222 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Power Source Control Teledyne LeCroy Aliasing You can enter a 16 character alias name for a device In the Device List right click the device name and enter an alias after the colon The alias name appears in the Device List Exporting You can export a device specification to a text file Click the Export button to open the Export dialog 3 23 Power Source Control This function allows you to manage power for connected devices Select Setup on the main menu bar and choose Power Source Control Fal File Session Analysis Navi ae E TxVout Preemphasis User Defined Decoding External Trig Setting All Connected Devices r SE Find DUT Power Source Control T3 Preferentes Self Test T2 Data Block Set Port Alias el Set 545 Address Alias Figure 3 151 Power Source Control The Power Source Control dialog opens See the following screen capture Sierra M6 1
269. st time whichever occurs first But if the event counters are set to 1 and the Action counter is set to 5 then the Action happens after five occurrences of EITHER Event_1 or Event_2 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions 4 6 3 4 6 4 Teledyne LeCroy Capturing a Data DWORD InFusion provides the ability to capture individual data DWORDs and provides four different registers to store captured DWORDs DWORD O 1 2 and 3 To capture a data DWORD select Capture Data DWORD from the Action Properties screen Select the register to be used to store the DWORD from the drop down menu under the Capture Register property eles Type Properties Type Action Capture Data Dword Description l Inject Random No E Link Ever Mth occurence 1 e Monitor Count Monitor Count Not monitored Remove Direction From Initiator Stop Scenario Capture Register Dword 0 H Substitute Offset Dword 0 Trigger Output Dword 1 Dword 2 Dwod H3 Capture Register x E Z Figure 4 15 Capture Data DWORD Action Using Captured Data DWORDs Captured data DWORDs can be used in creating events for data that match the captured DWORD s or in creating actions to substitute the captured DWORD s into the data stream To create an event using the captured DWORD in the Event Properties menu select SAS Data Pattern or SATA Data Pattern and then select any of the 12 DWORDs DWORD 0
270. state so there is no branching State Behavior of the Global Rules or a sequence at any point in time In terms of InFusion testing behavior is waiting for a set of events and responding with a set of actions Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios Teledyne LeCroy Global Rules Global Rules are a portion of the scenario that can define only one test state To create the Global Rules you use the menu driven interface to enter an event or combined event and the corresponding action or set of actions the response of InFusion hardware to the event In the case of a combined event the action is taken upon occurrence of any of the events stated for the event combination It is a logical OR association meaning any of the events can trigger the action After you enter the event or combined event the interface prompts you for actions An action might be for example injecting a particular primitive or error into the traffic stream You can enter multiple actions which take place simultaneously After defining the event and actions within the Global Rule area you can save the scenario and download it to a InFusion device Sequences The Global Rules are all you need for simple test scenarios However a scenario also can contain one or two sequences which can define multiple states and allow branching between states With a sequence you also can do looping which allows you to repeat a
271. stom Number of Transport All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Good Incomplete Response Data Present Task Attribute Simple Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count OUOODODDDODO O PA reas Write10 Simple 1 756 386 64 ms 229 Inquiry gt T 3 128 _ Simple 960 000 000 00 ns 0 02 Read10 I gt T 4 2046 Good Simple 3 351 399 90 ms a 65 33 Figure 3 34 SAS SCSI Command Report 130 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy SMP Command Report SAS To display the SMP Command Report click the SMP Command tab The SMP Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Function All Custom Discover Report General Report Manufacture Information Report PHY Error Log Function Result SMP Function Accepted Direction All I gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count a a a a E General Pantie SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Tranepet ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Te a All Report General SMP Function Accepted 186 666 671 7 Discover SMP Function Accepted 1 gt T 3 519 999 98 us 48 00 Report Phy Error Log SMP Function Accepted I gt T 2 559 999 94 us 2 48 00 0 00000627 25 10
272. t To start a New project select File gt New on the main menu bar and choose Protocol Analyzer to open a new project with default settings that you can modify see Main Window on page 33 Last Project Clicking the Green button opens the last project run so you can modify it Project File Types Projects have the following file types asl Decoding script file in the Examples folder User Define Decoding Script subfolder cfg Display Configuration file in the System folder Config subfolder dat DataBlock file in the System folder DataBlock subfolder sac SAS Protocol Analyzer Capture Project Viewer file in the Examples folder EasyCaptr AdvanceCaptr or Exerciser subfolders saf Device Identifier file SCS SAS Sample file in the SAS Examples folder Sample subfolder sfl Filter configuration file spg Single role Pattern Generator file in the Examples folder SAS PatternGenerator Single role spg files subfolder and SATA PatternGenerator Single Role subfolder Single role means the file is for a Device or Host Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects Teledyne LeCroy ssh SAS Search configuration File stc SATA Protocol Analyzer Capture Project Viewer file in the Examples folder EasyCaptr AdvanceCaptr or Exerciser subfolders sts SATA Sample file in the SATA Examples folder Sample subfolde
273. t over Ethernet cooncocconcocccocconconconconccanonncanconroncnanon 21 1 9 Launching Your Analyzer iii a da de dada 22 1 10 Operating in Simulation Mode ooccccnconncccnccccnconanocnconanonnnnonononnnnnnronarennnrnnnrnnnrrnnrenarenannnnnns 22 RAO A USING the SO ona 22 1 10 2 Getting Started with the Protocol AnNalyZer o coocconnconnccocccococococenaconnnconanonanonnnonaronnnrenaronnrenarenanrenarenannns 23 1 11 Menu Options and Toolbars occoccconccoccconcconconcconccnnconnnonononccnnrnnnrnanenarennrnnnrnnrenarenncnanenns 24 nn o eee eee ene eee renee 24 T112 Ue ia 25 AAA A EE EEO er 25 ITLAANANSIS A a 26 LTS NAVIA ION a A AAA 27 FINO VION AO o Maren A ae a aaron enemas eat a E E ae 27 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Contents STALIN COW anillos 29 AA A lem etep ams ecetscaeewes 29 AA AAA a ia teital doauiel E E onlceuntaan unas 29 EMT POE Status asi ette 30 LETRA FUSION ci id 30 1 11 12 Analyzer and INFUSION currar 30 Chapter 2 Protocol Analysis ooococccocccoccccononacoccnnnncnanonnnonncnnrnnnrnnnrnnnenaroanrnanenas 33 2 1 Easy Mode Pre Detinea Setup iii 33 ZZ MAN VV VINO OW aa whch a 33 2 3 PKOJCCU WCC iria AAA a 35 ZA Capture VT ALCO S cope ion iss 35 2 5 SAS SATA Software Menus and Toolbars ncoccconccccconccoccconcccnnoncnonccnncnnnnnancnnrnnnrnancnannnnes 36 291 SAS OA LA Mal LOOID AN narnia daa 36 2 5 2 SATA Mall FOOD A A A Ei ia AAA AA AAA 3
274. talyst Enterprises Inc General The Print Preview button displays a preview of the report to print see Figure 3 47 on page 138 Serial ATA Apr 14 2006 133 186 706 54 us 0 ype Direction 3 gt H 99 720 001 22 us 99 0 00103291 Primitive Primitive EOF DH J999 Re loon po E sme o ooo FE WRM D H fo99 j DRDY H gt D 1000 EA FIS Data Esee PMPor Direction Duration oe Register Hostio Device Jo _ n gt ___ a13 26660260 us sc Register Device toost o Jp gt m 209 093 32680us ra setDeice Bis Jo Jo gt H _s002660473 us 250 Data 319 92 E unt B gt a P OH 31992001343 us 0 C o forrar E ATA Command Write DMA Queued Carmina Report Display Settings 138 gt You can set up the report columns for display to suit a particular analysis need eliminating the need to show hide columns individually Use the Setting dialog to configure the display for each page see Figure 3 48 on page 139 and see Figure 3 49 on page 139 Command____ PMPort Direction NumberofFIS PaytoadSize Status ___ Time po op O Normal Output NA af A Aiamaal einai Page 1 Figure 3 47 Sample Print Preview of Report The Setting button opens the Setting dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis Teledyne LeCroy Show Hide Columns tems SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport 4TA Command SCSI Comma
275. ted H SMP Target Port H o o STP Target Port H SSP Target Port H ky SAS Address H ere Data 0 al MEA IC ES S000E65000000001 f Unk O A Device Type etal Restricted H Restricted H a STP Intistor Port H a Restricted H SMP Target Port H ji 22 OO identity 0x2 Edge Expander Device STP Target Port H SSP Target Port H Restricted H SAS Address H Phy kientifier CRC H Link Data H _ Link Date H 3 j Doonan ve Time A EA 0000000000000000 5005056000000305 ACAEFOSS 5333 us f Link 23 i Ktov 53040600 XtoT 5 333 us o Yetis e Figure 2 12 SAS Analyzer Trace Capture Display For details about the results display see Displ latic n page 109 and see 2 11 Patterns and Data Capture Setup You can refine data capture by choosing Pattern and then selecting specific patterns for capture Additionally you can define a different set of patterns to capture after trigger To define specific patterns for captura click the Pattern button to display the Capture tab for Pattern see Figure 2 13 on page 48 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 47 Teledyne LeCroy Patterns and Data Capture Setup ia Teledyne LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite SASProtocolAnalyzer File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help a kl lt Trainer Y Jammer Record BI e dEl ch gt 65 CO
276. ternal trigger out is 330 ns The delays for non OOB external trigger out are a 66G 7 370 ns a 3G 7 540 ns a 1 56 850 ns Note The External Trigger In and External Trigger Out feature is always available in both Easy and Advanced modes and is not dependent on the licensing of both these modes 2 15 6 2 15 7 External Trig In Setting An external Low or High input signal can cause triggering Select the External Trig In Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Choose Port Speed The default speed is Autospeed You can also select the port speed from the drop down list 1 5 Gbps 3 0 Gbps or 6 0 Gbps Note If a Port ID check box has no check the analyzer does not capture any patterns for that port The system allocates trace memory for that port to its adjacent port for example 11 T1 lt gt 12 T2 2 15 8 Ports Configuration Select the Port Configuration button to display the Set Port Configuration dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 91 Teledyne LeCroy Analyzer Settings Set Port Configuration Available Functionality by Setup and licensed Features E Analyzer Target Emulator Initiator Emulator Jammer Trainer Cancel 0 Available TES Available Ej 2 Available Yy 2 Available D 2 Available Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Ports Configuration for Current Setup Serial Hum SN 61666 0xFOEZ
277. terval yet it requires no complicated scripts programming or simulation tools Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 225 Teledyne LeCroy Key Features 4 1 226 InFusion can monitor traffic in both directions and act on events occurring in either direction of the communications link InFusion can modify traffic in only one direction within a given test scenario but that direction can be either from the Initiator or from the Target InFusion is specifically designed to verify recovery characteristics within a subsystem An easy pop up menu interface allows you to create specific test scenarios in just minutes Once a InFusion session starts the system automatically handles protocol handshaking between devices InFusion transmits a faithful copy of the original data stream down to the CRC value which if needed it recalculates InFusion allows test engineers to systematically verify error recovery in ways not possible with other test platforms An Infusion event can trigger an analyzer Infusion supports all commands in the SATA 3 0 specification Key Features The key features of InFusion are Q Error Injection Injects CRC disparity 8b 10b encoding framing and coding errors QO Break Link Recovery Programmatically breaks the connection to test link recov ery a Value Replacement Monitors the link for specific values patterns or primitives as low as bit level and replace with user defined values You
278. test state or to execute a test for a specified period of time As with Global Rules the menu driven interface guides you in building a sequence Some of the prompts are different however because you now are encapsulating groups of events and actions as distinct states Recall that a state is a combination of events and actions at a specific point in time If the event or combined event defined by a state occurs the corresponding action or set of actions follows Scenario Name Test 3276 Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for SOF from Initiator then Beep 500 ms Sequence State 0 Wait for CEC Error from Initiator then Branch to State 1 Figure 4 7 Global Rules and Sequence Areas of a Scenario InFusion hardware provides the capacity to have up to two sequences co existing in a scenario in addition to the Global Rules Recall that both the Global Rules and any sequences are active at all times Each is a separate state machine having the behavior Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 235 Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Scenarios of a particular test state at any point in time Because the Global Rules has the capacity for only one state you can view it as a degenerative state machine 4 4 2 Scenario Libraries You can create any number of scenarios which you then can archive on your host machine s hard drive You also can download up to ten scenarios to eac
279. the packet selecting the Edit Bookmark command from the pop up menu and changing the information in the Bookmark dialog see above 156 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Finding a Bookmark To find a bookmark in the data viewer display right click the mouse in the sample viewer and select Bookmark see Figure 3 77 on page 157 x Bookmark Name ATA Command Bookmark Description ss V Sort bookmarks by start time 736 265 226 ms H2 ATACmd 5 ATA Command Add Delete GoTo Time Difference 0 Save as text Print Close Figure 3 77 Go To Bookmark Dialog Box Highlight the bookmark to which to go then click the Go To button or double click the selection Figure 3 78 Bookmark Found Example in Data Viewer Display Bookmark Description To get a quick description of a displayed bookmark position the tool tip over a bookmark The name and description of the bookmark display Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 157 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Set Time Stamp Origin Right click in the sample viewer to open the fly out menu Add Bookmark AN Show Field Hide Field View Fields Add to Trigger e hitiator Connection Tag H De Format a E Byte Order Copy Data Set Time Stamp Ofigin t Absolute Color Trigger Time Stamp Format Caren Poan Based on system time Goto d Figure 3 79 Bookmar
280. the scenario click the Run Scenario button on the Device Library toolbar second button from the right The InFusion device then begins its session 4 12 Scenario Batch Files You can write a script with commands to run a sequence of executable scenarios automatically A Scenario Batch file is a text file with a list of commands to run in sequence when you execute the file A batch script can manage scenarios and their assigned ports and hardware in sequence using conditions The system checks for accuracy of inputs and commands Note Before you run a Scenario Batch file that requests scenarios you must download the scenarios to the Scenarios box Pm Mew Batch To start a batch script click the New Batch Script Script button or select File gt New Batch Script 4 12 1 Script Workspace In the Script Workspace shown below add a command and make a batch file LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier File View Configuration Tools Help D H amp 8 E E E New Scenario Open Library Print Show File Show Library Show Output Show Analyzer Show Trainer Manager 7 0 e Rec Analyzer _ Run Batch A New Script 0 DX FESR eee senshi ese ae 0 0 9 Main Library vax Batch Script is valid ee p b bee beoaaga eax Scenarios gt Scenarios 40 READ GPIO REGISTER C New Scenario 0 40 REPORT SELF CONFIGURATION STAT 40 REPORT ZONE PERMISSION TABLE 40 REPORT ZONE MANAGER PASSWORD 40
281. tical or Tile Horizontal You can customize the color of any operation code field using either of the following two methods y PeICUYNe LECIUY DAD DATA PIULUCUS DUME DE A Loimuraueny PACA File Setup Session Analysis Navigation View Window Help 18 x ICA Q Trainer Y Jammer NE Record E Il 518 1 99105 8 A PLB we 2ER AL H Sl ch o 6 amn F lila pkl 80 a Bo RR 8 e Pv la pe Logical Block Address H 04262900 Destination Address H Operation Code FUA_NV H FUA H DPO H RDPROTECT H See oa e al 5000C500001047B5 0x28 Read 10 Task Attribute LUN H Payload Data 2048 Bytes Tag H Status STRAT Se ae Sse Operation Code FUA_NV H FUA H DPO H WRPROTECT H Logical Block Address H 0x2A Write 10 i 0 0 S766AF Task Attribute Tag H PA Source Address H gt I 5000628000001074 5000C500001047B5 028 Read 10 o 0 MA SS eas 01E532B3 sae Source SAS Address H Destination SAS Address H 5000628000001074 50060560000003C4 Add Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Logical Block Address H 5000628000001074 5000C50000104785 0x28 Read 10 0 View Fields E 02129EDD Group Number H Transfer Length D Add to Trigger LUN H AAA AA ete Format D tattaintuiaotalalaaadal Expand All ATA Cmd Packets 73 Source Address H Destination Address H Operation Code FUA_NV Copy Data
282. tion Relative Time External Signals and Packet number fields by right clicking the corresponding field title and choosing Hide Field Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Copy Frame Expand All Goto Response Set Time Stamp Origin F Color Goto Figure 3 102 Hide Field To restore a field to the display right click a Port ID field and choose the hidden field to restore Add Bookmark Show Field Hide Field View Fields Figure 3 103 Show Field External Signals State Date Device Sleep Note Only the fields previously hidden appear in the restore list 182 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Related Frames Right click a Command frame for an SSP frame or Register Device to Host for an STP frame to open a short cut menu then choose Goto Response to jump to the corresponding Response frame in the viewer Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format Byte Order i Copy Data Copy Frame Goto Response Set Time Stamp Origin F Color Goto Figure 3 104 Goto Response Similarly right click a Response frame for an SSP Frame or Register Device to Host for an STP frame to open a short cut menu then choose Goto Command to jump to the corresponding Command frame in the viewer Bookmark Show Field G Hide Field Format b Copy Data Goto Command Set Time Stamp Origin gt Color Figure 3 105 Goto Command In Col
283. tion you can save it as an SAS Filter file sfl or SATA Filter file tfl by clicking Save You can then use it on a different capture by clicking Load in the Filter dialog Filter Logic After you have set up Filter options you can set filter logic to And Related Items to apply AND logic on related selected options for example SCSI commands and SAS Addresses or OR to apply OR logic on all selected options Filter only applies to entities in a trace When you choose SCSI command AND SSP frame for instance Filter affects all entities in the trace that are SCSI commands AND are SSP frames Any SCSI commands that are NOT SSP frames will not in this case be filtered If you choose OR Filter affects all entities that are SCSI commands as well as all SSP frames The AND operator is only applicable for some cases such as a ASCSI command AND a Tag O ASCSI command AND a source destination address For example when you choose a SCSI command AND a tag 0x1 you will filter all entities on a trace that are SCSI commands that have tags equal to 0x1 in that SCSI command As a general rule it is not possible to apply AND to two packet types frames commands primitives training sequences or bus conditions It only works when you apply AND to one packet type with other items such as source Destination Addresses TAG Task attribute Multilevel Filtering in SAS You can set up a filter in a sequential steps by Multi level
284. tion 545 Address JATAP SCSI Command LI Miscellaneous Filter Type finde of Show T Filter Idle Ports wi Vi MiB 11 b T1 M 12 13 F T4 Reset All Check All Save Load Cancel Figure 3 84 Filter Check Condition Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 165 Teledyne LeCroy Navigation View Toolbar Filter by Tag Number Checking the Tag check box displays tags available for filtering Check the corresponding check boxes for tags to filter Options Bus Condition Primitive Cllncomplete Frames e On 2 Address Frames wlia SSP Frames Oe CISMP Frames 0x5 STP Frames e Ox SCS51 Commands Iw 0x68 ISMP Commands 1 081 Task Management Functions e Dn 2 14714 Commands e OE SCSI Command Status Ww Oni Source SAS Address 4085 Destination S45 Address Wl 0x86 Protocol Error 1087 e EE o M089 CIATAPI SCSI Command 7084 Miscellaneous I Ox BE Filter Type one Filter Idle Hide stew shies W090 Ports 0 91 Win Ri Mi Mis 0x92 Iw Dx 93 VTi Ww T2 MP 13 Y 74 40 94 mMm Reset 4ll Check All _ Save Figure 3 85 Filter by Tag Number 166 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Filter Miscellaneous When you choose Miscellaneous an additional dialog displays allowing you to specify the filtering of State Range an
285. tion Dialog with InFusion Analyzer Port Match Note To display the current Port Configuration click Show Analyzer to go to the analyzer application then click the green button in the lower right corner to display the Port Status window see Port Status on page 186 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 231 Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Scenarios 4 4 InFusion Scenarios You can create and execute InFusion scenarios A scenario is a test script that defines how InFusion monitors and modifies line traffic 4 4 1 Scenarios Overview The InFusion application provides a menu driven interface for building scenarios The interface prompts you for simple decisions and choices from drop down menus As you make your selections the script takes shape automatically in the scenario window The script is in the form of simple English sentences You need not understand any formal scripting language EE LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier New Scenario 0 i aigi xf gt Fie View Configuration Tools Help Das BS FIG amp gp mz ew uy Status Not saved 1 2b a dL a x n e mA al Scenarios Scenario Name New Scenario O Z Scenarios a Direction for traffic changes From Init Ports are Ready to Run Smart Hold Yes None SAS 6G_LL3 14 SAS frame after DONE no cr SAS errors test gt a J J J J 17_DEVICE_Write Failed Device J J J J U Library Scenario Y SN 128800
286. tion points are marked with a separator placed between payloads You can get more information about the data exclusion using the tooltip over the separator Note You can control the number of bytes per line 148 Find Data Pattern To quickly locate a data pattern in the current frame enter the pattern in the Text Box and click the Find button Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Analysis 3 3 17 Teledyne LeCroy Compare Two Data Payloads To compare two data payloads select two different payload packets one as reference Right click a payload field in Packet View or a related frame in Text View or Spreadsheet View to display a menu the Bookmark Show Field F Hide Field Format Byte Order Expand All Open as data view Set as Refrence Data Payload Set as Second Data Payload Copy Data n select Set As Reference Data Payload Right click a payload field in Packet View or a related frame in Text View or Spreadsheet View to display a menu and choose Set as Second Data Payload To compare data payloads click the BB Show Hide Compare 2 Data Payloads button on the View Type toolbar File Edit View Configuration Project Setup Filtering AE llES 0 Record Report Tools Window Help 20 Som PIB MWOMR 2 00 E Em a E u e m e A ob e ele o gt cae te we LTH 12 104 716 444 386 min 287 na 34s FUA H DPO H Logical Block Address H Transter Length H
287. tive Count All Custom or a number of occurrences of total count ODODOCDDO O xj y E S la Y 71 gt of 1 Inquiry ATAPI Command DS Move Cursor y General Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Performance Others Command Direction Mumber of FIS Payload Size Status Duration Count oy All All v All v All ei All v All Ez Mode Sense10 H gt D 1 0 Check Condition 37 733 333 59 us 2 40 00 Request Sense H gt D 3 40 00 Good 86 213 333 13 us Good 20 0 00017139 Figure 3 28 SATA ATAPI Report Protocol Error Report To display the Protocol Error Report click the Protocol Error tab The Protocol Error Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Protocol Error All Custom Code Violation CRC Error Disparity Error Align Notify Error a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Protocol Error Direction Count Yo All Code Violation I gt T 50 00 CRC Error I gt T 1 50 00 2 100 00 Figure 3 29 SAS Protocol Error Report Others Report To display the Others Report click the Others tab The Others Report displays information in the following columns see Figure 3 30
288. tons on the Device Library toolbar to download the revised scenario to the device The None scenario is an empty and undefined scenario to allow you to assign port s to None The Multiport feature allows you to run a scenario by more than one port in a Device Library and to assign different ports to different scenarios and run them together Each scenario in a library can run by more than one port Scenario Properties To begin the scenario creation process you click the New Scenario button in a library window or on the InFusion application toolbar As the first step in creating a scenario the application prompts you for scenario name a short description optional and the direction of traffic to which any traffic changes apply Changes are for example injection or removal of data or a primitive You identify direction of traffic change or modification in terms of traffic origin The application uses the following conventions Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 237 Teledyne LeCroy InFusion Scenarios 238 O From Initiator Change is made to traffic coming from test host for example CRC error is injected into traffic stream sent from initiator to target O From Target Modification is made to traffic coming from the target for exam ple CRC error is injected into traffic stream sent from target to initiator The figure shows the first prompt in the scenario creation process Figure 4 10 q New
289. transactions grouped for each active port Waveform view Frame Inspector view Histogram view Bus Utilization view Data Report Statistical Report view O OODODDDODO O O To change the view type when opening a sample change the default workspace or save options in the Preferences dialog To toggle among open windows use CTRL TAB To reverse toggle order use CTRL SHIFT TAB To make a frame a trigger pattern in Packet View right click any frame select Add to Trigger and add the pattern to DataPatternCapture Viewer Display enables you to also perform the following O Decode Assignments Refer to Decoding Assignments on page 113 for more details O Compare Two Data Payloads Refer to Compare Two Data Payloads on page 149 for more details a Run Verification Scripts Refer to Running Verification Script Engine VSE on page 150 for more details 3 2 Trace Properties The Trace Properties dialog displays QO Software version Sample file version Grouping Type Hardware bin file version Analyzer armed at Analyzer triggered at Sample saved at Original Capture Project Open displays the project settings used to capture the sample Licensing Information DOOOUOUOUDL O Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 111 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Trace Properties Software Version 4 30 Build 500 Sample tle version Version 54 Adding optical DOB Grouping Type Narrow
290. ts can cause false triggers Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 83 Teledyne LeCroy Trigger Setup To define a triggering sequence select more than one pattern then check the Define Sequential Trigger Mode check box File Edit Setup Session Analysis View Window Help ta E O Trainer Y Jammer CB Record A Capture Trigger Settings Notes Ch y Project Tree Dont care Snapshot Manual Trig Pattem Infusion Tre Parameters Pattem Timer Timeout Extemal Manual Trigger Device Sleep Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command 8 SASProtocolAnalyzer1 fA Capture Exclude GP Include xX YH Include SYNC Y Include CONT Include OOB Signals g Include Payload of Data Frame eB Exclude Idle KAY Trigger Sequential a p Device Sleep Rising Edge a P Primitive AIP NORMAL Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 T i Descrambling Enabled wo Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 80 Connection Details All Ports Figure 2 59 SAS Select Sequential Trigger Mode SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different patterns Timer The sequential triggering mode offers the option of triggering on a timer or inserting a timer in the
291. tton 91 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index port ID 181 Port Speed 91 Port Status 30 Post Trigger Capture tab 49 pre trigger 86 data 87 Pre Trigger Capture tab 49 Primitive dialog 50 69 Primitive Manipulation 226 primitive report 126 primitive response timeout 89 Print Preview button 138 project examples 45 file type definition 44 notes 93 settings 87 102 project note 93 Project Tree 35 projects 44 protocol error mask 90 Protocol Analyzer 22 Protocol Analyzer setting 198 protocol error report 128 protocol errors 51 Protocol Errors dialog 51 75 Q Queue Command Report 135 Quick Start manual 11 Quick View 110 200 R random data pattern 106 Read Write Command Report 136 read write command report 132 Rec Analyzer command 227 Refresh append to the list of found devices 199 Refresh Device List 20 register device to host FIS 57 58 relative time display 38 Remove Device 19 Rename Title of Port dialog 181 renaming port 181 Repeat decoded command in frame column 204 Reset clear the list of found devices 199 Response frame 183 Reverse Link Data 201 Run All Tests Sequentially 215 Run Batch button 277 Run Batch Script command 227 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Teledyne LeCroy run hardware 37 Run Scenario button 275 Run scripts button 151 Run statement 280 Run Verification Scripts dialog 150 running disparity 180 Running verification sc
292. ttribute Search For Choose a category to search in the Search For window Each of the search categories offers additional choices in the Search Items window to refine the search Check items for the selected category Data Pattern Search for Data Pattern allows you to search for a specific Data Type Pattern and Length see Figure 3 88 on page 170 U Data Pattern Only QO Data Payload Length Only QO Data Pattern and Data Payload Length Advanced options Some of the Search For categories offer advanced options for search To set these options highlight the search item in a category and click the Advanced button to open the Advanced options dialog 172 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Navigation View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy xi Field Length Value E O PM Por O ON C Status Lo C Status Hi C Eror C SActive 31 0 32 0 WW UU A ph co Figure 3 90 Advanced Options Dialog Example Set Device Bits Set the options and click OK Search Domain Click the Domain button and choose a search domain from all ports or a specific port Protocol Error You can refine the search to locate packets with an error or without an error Note When searching for Protocol Errors in Column View you cannot search for a specific Protocol Error type Search returns any protocol error Search Sub Items When searching SCSI Command Status you can refine the search by selecting from a list
293. twork tools 1 gt Intrasever Primitive Catalyst Incomplete Frames _ Seagate 1 gt Intrasever Incomplete Frames Network tools 2 Catalyst gt Seagate 2 Address Frames Seagate 1 Catalyst gt OxE 94 E 8E SSP Frames Seagate 2 Seagate 2 gt Catalyst SMP Frames STP Frames SCSI Commands SMP Commands Task Management Function Seagate 2 gt Intrasever Intrasever gt Network tools 2 Intrasever gt Network tools 1 JT ask Management Functions Intrasever gt Seagate 2 JATA Commands Intrasever gt Seagate 1 IOUO LI L DODODODODODOO ATA Commands 1 SCS Command Status SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address M Source SAS Address Destination 545 Address M Pair SAS Address Figure 3 122 SAS SAS Address Alias If you elect to save the captured sample file the assigned SAS address names are saved together with the result so that when you open the sample file later the assigned names are retained Set As Default 3 14 If you want to set these SAS address aliases for sample files that will be captured later you can set them as default and new samples will be opened by these default SAS address aliases TxRx Vout amp Preemphasis The analyzer incorporates the ability to select TX Vout for the transmitter on each port Selecting TX Vout increases the output voltage swing above the nominal value for test Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual
294. ue set in the property Max Random Count which replaces the property Counter Value when Yes is selected before the action is triggered a Counter Value Number of repeats required when Count Randomly is set to No The default value is 1 Within actions counters determine how many times the system calls the action before it acts Action counters typically have two properties O Random Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the action triggers a number of occurrences before the action takes place That number ranges randomly between 1 and the value set in the property At least every Nth occurrence which replaces the property Every Nth occurrence when Yes is selected QO Every Nth occurrence Number of times the system calls the action before it acts Note that there is some overlap in the way these counters can be used For example in the simple case of a single event leading to a single action it makes no difference whether you specify the event to require five repeats before triggering the action or the action to require five occurrences before it acts However in the case of combined events and or actions the separate counters provide flexibility in designing test cases For example consider the case where Event_1 OR Event_2 leads to Action If Event_1 has a counter of 5 then the Action triggers either when Event_1 has repeated five times or when Event_2 happens the fir
295. ules Click here to add an event Sequence State O Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFremeType Value 4 Bites 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Initiator then Branch to State 1 State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFremeType Value 4 Bites 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Target Figure 4 37 Example 7 Adding a Second Sequence 18 Create two states in the second sequence with the characteristics shown in the following table TABLE 4 9 Example 7 States for Second Sequence State Event Action 0 Address Frame from Target Branch to State 1 1 Address Frame from Initiator Beep for 2 seconds Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 267 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Sequence 19 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario New Scenario O Sequence State O Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFremeType Value 4 Bites From Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to State 1 lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another evrent gt State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddrestFrameType Value 4 Bits From Target Click here to add combined event then Beep 1 s Click here to add another actions Click here to add another event gt Click here to add another state Sequence 1 State O Wait for Addres
296. umn View you can right click a DWORD inside a frame to display the Goto Within Packet command You can jump to an SOF EOF HOLD or R_IP Bookmark Goto within Packet Goto SOF Goto EOF Software Setting ShiFt S Goto b Goto Mex HOLD FE Att A t RIA XXH RF Goto Previous HOLD ShiFt F6 sE GotoNext HOLDA F7 ERI Goto Previous HOLDA Shifk F 4140 Figure 3 106 Goto Within Packet Command Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 183 Teledyne LeCroy Packet View Toolbar Byte Order You can change the byte order in fields marked by an arrow and other fields Right click in the field select Byte Order and choose the ordering Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format a Right Align MSB lt gt L5B Copy Data oa Copy Frame Goto Response Set Time Stamp Origin P Color Goto Figure 3 107 Byte Order Note A blue arrow in the byte order field indicates that it has been changed Choose Data Format You can display data values either in hexadecimal default or binary To choose data format right click the mouse over a data field and choose Format and the format Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Byte deder t Hexadecimal Binary Copy Data Goto Command Set Time Stamp Origin F Color Figure 3 108 Format 184 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy Show All Data To display all captured data clic
297. uration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count 0 DODO Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 129 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis sesegsaseaseseseasessasessasessasesnasase Direction Duration Count a se Request 1 973 333 36 us 50 00 Response gt m 4 293 333 53 us 50 00 0 00000627 100 00 Figure 3 32 SAS SMP Transport Report STP Transport Report SAS To display the STP Transport Report click the STP Transport tab The STP Transport Report displays the report data in columns with the following information QO FIS Type All Custom Data PIO Setup Register Host To Device Register Device To Host PM Port Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count DOOCOD 0 I gt T 340 293 334 96 us 3 Register Device to Host 0 T gt I 352 640 014 65 us 300 30 06 DMA Activate 0 T gt I 102 239 997 86 us 95 9 52 Figure 3 33 SAS STP Transport Report SCSI Command Report SAS To display the SCSI Command Report click the SCSI Command tab The SCSI Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information O Command All Custom Inquiry Mode Sense6 Pause Resume Play Audio 10 Read Capacity Read10 Receive Diagnostic Results Send Diagnostic Write10 Start Stop Unit Test Unit Ready Report Luns Synchronize Cache10 Direction All l gt T T gt l or Cu
298. us 179 13 43 Write FPOMA Queued 0 H gt D 6 2048 Normal Output 26 133 333 21 us 236 17 70 Read FPDMA Queued 0 H gt D 5 2048 Normal Output 32 106 666 56 us 470 35 26 Identify Device 0 H gt D 3 12 Normal Output 30 746 667 86 us 3 0 23 Check Power Mode 0 H gt D 2 0 Normal Output 6 826 666 83 us 3 0 23 Execute Device Diagnostic 0 H gt D 2 0 Normal Output 6 693 333 63 us 3 0 23 Flush Cache 0 H gt D 2 0 Normal Output 6 746 666 91 us 10 0 75 Figure 3 27 SATA ATA Command Report Time out of ATA Command Report The Time out shows the NCQ time out It is applicable for only NCQ commands A threshold can be set in the NCQ commands Timeout Threshold the default value is 1000 usec the user can change it to any value The statistical report provides a Time out report based on this threshold Any NCQ command that takes more than the given threshold is flagged as yes which means that a timeout occurred for that command Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 127 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis ATAPI Report To display the ATAPI Report click the ATAPI tab The ATAPI Report displays information in the following columns O Command All Custom Inquiry Mode Sense 10 Read10 Request Sense Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom Number of FIS or Number of Transport All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Check Condition Good Duration All Custom or time unit accumula
299. used ports to cause all traffic to pass through the used ports Select the desired option Disconnect don t care ports Pass through don t care ports Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 199 Teledyne LeCroy Preferences 3 15 2 Trace Viewer Tab Preferences LA General Trace Viewer Spread Sheet View Open Trace File In Optimization a Default Workspace Sampling memory usage optimizati As Previously Savec Quick View Q More Info Switch to CATC Navigation L Cancel button kills upload immediately E Reverse Link Data E Close previous trace file when new trace file opens Fl Pack Repeated Primitives Create statistical report read write page E Scroll Horizontally to Show matched Show Quick View Warning Column In Search l ATA decoding mode Use new PHY capabilities decoding Es LBA mode A CHS mode According to LBA mode in ATA comma PE Figure 3 125 Preferences Dialog Trace Viewer Tab The SATA Preferences dialog has the same options Open Trace file In Default Workspace The software opens a sample file in view s based on the specified default workspace As previously saved The software opens a sample file in view views based on the last saved configuration for the sample file Optimization Sampling memory usage optimization Enables memory cascading for two ports The analyzer will use memory of another port if there is not data on another port See Sampling Memory U
300. using the Windows XP Windows 7 x86 x64 Windows 8 x86 x64 Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2012 R2 operating systems 64 bit Windows OS is recommended because it allows using more RAM memory Other Operating Systems limit the RAM to 3GB Insert the Installation CD ROM into the CD DVD drive on the host machine 1 The installation automatically starts setup unless Auto Run is off In that case select the CD ROM from My Computer and click Setup 2 After the warning to close all other programs and before starting the installation the Install component selection opens 3 Select components for installation 4 Click Next to complete the installation System restart You must restart your computer before you can use your Analyzer software Error Message If you get an error message during installation of the drivers for Window consult your system administrator Your system may allow only administrator level users to copy such driver files 1 6 2 Hardware Setup Separate Systems When using the analyzer it is recommended to use a system to generate bus traffic and a second system to run the software to avoid characterization of traffic generated by the analyzer Connecting in General Note You must install the software before connecting the analyzer to the host machine for the first time To set up the analyzer 1 Plug the power adapter into the unit and then plug the power ada
301. ute ATAPI SCS Command FP Device Sleep A Training Sequence Speed Changes F Miscellaneous Search By C Hashed 565 Address SAS Address Search Direction Foward CO Backward Search From Start C Trig Pointer 9 8 Fointer Pointer Co Last Found Search ler Find Newt To search by Speed check the Speed box in the Search For window to look for points where speed changes occurred in the trace Search Sub ken Search Logic 5 AND Selected Items a OR Selected Items Figure 3 93 Search by Speed Changes Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Packet View Toolbar Teledyne LeCroy 3 5 9 Show Hide Ports You can Show Hide a Single Port or you can Show Hide Multiple Ports To do so click on the Ch Down Arrow Single Port If Single Port is selected you can click on one port button at a time to show hide the capture for that port Show Hide Single Port is time consuming as it shows or hides one port at a time Multiple Ports If Multiple Ports is selected you can click on multiple ports to show or hide them This mode is much faster Click on multiple ports to show or hide them Ch LMC cee ee Figure 3 94 SAS Show Hide Ports Toolbar Ch Hihid H2 D2 H3 D3 H4 D4 Single Port Multi Port Figure 3 95 SATA Show Hide Ports Toolbar You can also show or hide a port by right clicking a Port ID in Text View or Column View and choosing S
302. vailable only if you check Exclude Patterns to open the Primitive selection dialog Primitrse Primitive Type LX A Cancel 2 Not Specific To Type Of Connections 5 Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections 5 Used Inside STP Connections Traffic Speed 1 5 gbp 3 0 gbps 6 0 gbps 12 0 gbp Port ID E 11 4 T1 Figure 2 16 SAS Primitive Dialog Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Errors Teledyne LeCroy SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has no radio buttons and has different drop down options Choose a Primitive from the drop down list box to exclude and click OK Repeat for additional Primitives 2 11 5 Data Pattern Double click Data Pattern to open the Data Pattern definition dialog Data Pattern Format fe SSP Hashed Source SAS Address PARAR C Binary STP Hashed Destination SAS Address a e Hexadecimal FF NOT Data Data Offset 0 Dwords 0 255 SOOO Dwl OOK DwO OOOOH Dw3 OOOOH Dw2 OOOO Dw5 OOOO Dwg KOO Dw OOOO Dw OOOKKK Dw9 HX Dw8 OOOOH Dwi OOOO Dw10 OOOOH Dw13 OOOOH Dwi2 OOOO Dw15 OOOO Dw14 x OK Cancel an me ma E e TA a Ee Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 17 SAS Data Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port at the top and does not show SSP or STP Define the data pattern for capture or exclusion from capture and click OK Note When entering the data pattern in the Data
303. vance Mode Settings Notes Project Tree State 0 SO Start ae 9 Capture Everything Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out Go To Exclude Items Idle Notify lf Timeout 346 Micro Second 1 WM Nochange Statel a a a seas 5 a e ON Else If Ea i O Nochange NoJump State 1 81 Else If do 1 O No change v No Jump Z Capture Everything Exclude Idle C Exclude x State 2 52 Nothing C Exclude OOB Signal C Exclude RADY O Pattern C Exclude ALIGN Exclude NOTIFY C Exclude SATA_CONT C Exclude SATA_SYNC ee ee Exclude Payload except Dword Primitive H4RD RESET then Go To State Advanced switch to Easy mode Multi Sequencer Port 1 7 Make Same as Current amp AddState JE Delete State Figure 2 78 State Machine with Timeout Pattern to replace Timer To overcome this limitation use a Timeout Pattern instead of Timer Figure 2 78 shows the state machine using Timeout instead of Timer Figure 2 79 on page 101 shows the Timeout settings 100 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Advanced Mode User Defined Timeout Pattern Pattern Teledyne LeCroy Start E vents External Trigger Frimitive Add gt gt aula Remove lt lt Simbol Remove lt lt Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Mote Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value 346 millisecond
304. want to attempt the connection This setting is stored in the device Remove Device Click Remove Device to remove a previously added device IP Settings Click IP Setting to reset IP settings of a device The following IP Setting dialog displays Subnet Mask Default Gateway ioe Figure 1 12 IP Setting Dialog Networks Click Networks to select a network adapter The following dialog displays Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 19 Teledyne LeCroy Connecting via Ethernet 20 Select Adapter 1 Intell wireless WiFi Link 49B54GN Pac 16925440154 DOldel5cc38b 2 Intel Fi 82566MM Gigabit Network Connec 172 16 193 128 001c2570494f Cancel Figure 1 13 Select Adapter Dialog Refresh Device List Click Refresh Device List to refresh the device list To connect to a device select a device which is Ready to Connect and click the Connect button on the right The Connection Properties dialog is displayed see Figure 1 14 on page 20 xl Device Dev Name Location Status Order Set Alias Name Siera ME 2 SN f Connection properties E x zed Mo Chained y a Sierra Mb 1 5H ed No Chained ca Please specify the action to take when next time SM a Add Device 62084 is detected SP Remove Devi Automatically connect to the device wi IF Settings Ask if I want to connect to the device Take no action Selected Device Id L de Ey Networks
305. ware 1 06 1 06 BER CAProgram FilessLeCropss Sierra Analzers2 1310 13 10 POE CProgram Files LeCrop s Update Al Sierra Emulator 2 2310 23 10 POE C Program FilesLeCroysS Sierra Analyzer 33 10 33 10 POE C Program FilestLeCrow S Sierra Self Test 4312 4312 MES C Program Files LeCrovp 5 Sierra Infusion 53 20 DE W Sierra Trainer f l JONE lose Ae Figure 3 135 Device Setup Dialog with DONE Device Status User Defined Decoding User defined decoding allows you to create a definition file to interpret commands and frames that are not in the standard set recognized by the software Select Setup gt User Defined Decoding to open the User Defined Decoding dialog User Defined Decay x F scsicommands S ATA Command Jo SSP Frames O STP Framefs P El SMP Framels A a asas Set As Defaut Figure 3 136 SAS User Defined Decoding SAS vs SATA SAS adds SCSI Commands SSP Frames and SMP Frames Check ATA Commands and or STP frames Click the ellipses next to a command type text box to display the Open dialog Choose an appropriate script file and click Open Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Help Menu Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 3 20 3 20 1 3 20 2 3 20 3 3 20 4 Teledyne LeCroy e SAS Protocol Suite Examples User Define Decoding Script ES Search User Define Dec P Organize y New folder zz 0 Q h I
306. with errors are displayed in red To hide error frames from the histogram click the button Note To display the error code of a protocol error click the error icon with the red x Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 143 Teledyne LeCroy Analysis Pending lO Graph The Tool menu has a Pending IO Graph command with horizontal zoom vertical zoom click and drag zoom graph area zoom synchronize with trace view fit to graph area and graph view User Defined You can define additional items for inclusion in the Histogram by clicking User Defined the Be User Defne ton to open the User Defined dialog See the following screen capture CT x Primitive alr NORMAL f Hot Specific To Type OF Eonnections O Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections O Used Inside STP Connections Frame T Outside Connections Cancel Figure 3 58 SAS Histogram User Defined Dialog You can include Primitive and or Outside Connections frames Primitives 144 To include Primitives check the Primitive check box click the down arrow on the Primitive list box and choose a Primitive e Primitive AIF NORMAL AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED O AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL ALIGN O Cancel Figure 3 59 SAS Choosing a Primitive Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protoco
307. y Double click FIS to open the FIS Type selection dialog Format FIS Type Any Type pe Binary Register Host to Device 0K27 Hexadecimal Cancel Register Device to Host 0x34 Set Device Bits sA DMA Activate 039 DMA Setup 0x4 FIS Type BIST 058 PIO Setup O 5F PM Pott as 0x46 Any Type m Haz as O E Fo Fo Eb Iw Hi e 01 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 23 SATA FIS Types Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Choose a FIS Type from the drop down list box and click OK Repeat for additional types Available FIS Types O Register Host to Device 56 Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Errors OOOUOUHOUD O STP Frame Pattern Teledyne LeCroy Register Device to Host Set Device Bit DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data Any Type Double click STP Pattern to open the STP Pattern selection dialog 5TP Frame Type Format FIS Type Register Host to Device Ox27 Binary i Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type PH Port C Command Features LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High Device LBA Low exp LBA Mid exp Owe Register Host to Device ARA Se e 52 ARONA Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 24 SATA STP Pattern Dialog The STP Pattern dialog opens with the default FIS Type as Register Host to device
308. y Error Wrong disparity detected ALIGN Error ALIGN primitive frequency is outside the specification requirements STP Signaling Latency Error SAS only or FIS Signaling Latency Error SATA only DWORD difference between HOLD and HOLDA is greater than entered value in the HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout field Sierra M6 1 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Errors Teledyne LeCroy STP Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive SAS only or FIS Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive SATA only Second SATA_SOF is encountered before SATA_EOF and other unexpected primitives STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout SAS only or FIS Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout SATA only Timeout between two paired primitives is above entered value 65000 DWORDs is default For example it can occur between WTRM and R_OK or X_RDY and R_RDY It expects device or host to send a response but response is not received after 65000 DWORDs You can configure Primitive Response Timeout and HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout in the Settings tab Analyzer Settings section
309. zontal zoom in E Vertical zoom in EL Horizontal zoom out Vertical zoom out Graph Areas Click and Drag zoom Presents options for displaying additional E Click diagonally to select and graphs zoom in on part of the graph D Hide graph Graph legend see previous 3 3 16 page Data Report When a captured sample is in the Sample Viewer the Data Report button is on the Viewer toolbar and Data Report is in the Report menu The data report displays all the data sent from the host to the device and from the device to the host All PIO In gt In commands are grouped as a data packet until the occurrence of a PIO Out gt Out command creating a new data packet To display a Data Report click the Data Report button on the Viewer toolbar or select Report gt Data Report la px EA 2 Port H Command Direction gt gt Data 2048 Bytes a 36 054 973 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Port H Command Direction 3 gt Data 4096 Bytes 00 oo 00 00 oo 00 oo oo 00 oo 00 00 333 m Destination Address H Command Direction 50000 500001047B5 0x00 Out Destination Address H Command Direction 50000104785 Destination Address H Command Direction X to Y 136 880 293 ms X to T 136 880 293 ms Y toT 0 ns For Help press F1 TxWout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive amp Simulation Mode Stop og

Sierra M6-1 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents